mirror of
https://github.com/love2d/love.git
synced 2026-08-16 08:11:02 +02:00
Merge branch '12.0-development' into sdf-font-hintingmode
This commit is contained in:
@@ -137,6 +137,7 @@ ColorT<T> operator/(const ColorT<T> &a, T s)
|
||||
|
||||
typedef ColorT<unsigned char> Color32;
|
||||
typedef ColorT<float> Colorf;
|
||||
typedef ColorT<double> ColorD;
|
||||
|
||||
inline Color32 toColor32(Colorf cf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -181,6 +181,32 @@ const float *Matrix4::getElements() const
|
||||
return e;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Matrix4::setRow(int r, const Vector4 &v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
e[0 * 4 + r] = v.x;
|
||||
e[1 * 4 + r] = v.y;
|
||||
e[2 * 4 + r] = v.z;
|
||||
e[3 * 4 + r] = v.w;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Vector4 Matrix4::getRow(int r) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Vector4(e[0 * 4 + r], e[1 * 4 + r], e[2 * 4 + r], e[3 * 4 + r]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Matrix4::setColumn(int c, const Vector4 &v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
e[c * 4 + 0] = v.x;
|
||||
e[c * 4 + 1] = v.y;
|
||||
e[c * 4 + 2] = v.z;
|
||||
e[c * 4 + 3] = v.w;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Vector4 Matrix4::getColumn(int c) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Vector4(e[c * 4 + 0], e[c * 4 + 1], e[c * 4 + 2], e[c * 4 + 3]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Matrix4::setIdentity()
|
||||
{
|
||||
memset(e, 0, sizeof(float)*16);
|
||||
@@ -430,6 +456,23 @@ Matrix4 Matrix4::ortho(float left, float right, float bottom, float top, float n
|
||||
return m;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Matrix4 Matrix4::perspective(float verticalfov, float aspect, float near, float far)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Matrix4 m;
|
||||
|
||||
float cotangent = 1.0f / tanf(verticalfov * 0.5f);
|
||||
|
||||
m.e[0] = cotangent / aspect;
|
||||
m.e[5] = cotangent;
|
||||
m.e[10] = (far + near) / (near - far);
|
||||
m.e[11] = -1.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
m.e[14] = 2.0f * near * far / (near - far);
|
||||
m.e[15] = 0.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
return m;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* | e0 e3 e6 |
|
||||
* | e1 e4 e7 |
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
// LOVE
|
||||
#include "math.h"
|
||||
#include "Vector.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -88,6 +89,11 @@ public:
|
||||
**/
|
||||
const float *getElements() const;
|
||||
|
||||
void setRow(int r, const Vector4 &v);
|
||||
Vector4 getRow(int r) const;
|
||||
|
||||
void setColumn(int c, const Vector4 &v);
|
||||
Vector4 getColumn(int c) const;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Resets this Matrix to the identity matrix.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
@@ -222,6 +228,11 @@ public:
|
||||
**/
|
||||
static Matrix4 ortho(float left, float right, float bottom, float top, float near, float far);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Creates a new perspective projection matrix.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
static Matrix4 perspective(float verticalfov, float aspect, float near, float far);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -113,15 +113,18 @@ void Module::registerInstance(Module *instance)
|
||||
|
||||
registry.insert(make_pair(name, instance));
|
||||
|
||||
ModuleType moduletype = instance->getModuleType();
|
||||
ModuleType mtype = instance->getModuleType();
|
||||
|
||||
if (instances[moduletype] != nullptr)
|
||||
if (mtype != M_UNKNOWN)
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf("Warning: overwriting module instance %s with new instance %s\n",
|
||||
instances[moduletype]->getName(), instance->getName());
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (instances[mtype] != nullptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf("Warning: overwriting module instance %s with new instance %s\n",
|
||||
instances[mtype]->getName(), instance->getName());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
instances[moduletype] = instance;
|
||||
instances[mtype] = instance;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Module *Module::getInstance(const std::string &name)
|
||||
|
||||
+3
-1
@@ -38,6 +38,7 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
enum ModuleType
|
||||
{
|
||||
M_UNKNOWN = -1, // Use this for modules outside of LOVE's source code.
|
||||
M_AUDIO,
|
||||
M_DATA,
|
||||
M_EVENT,
|
||||
@@ -50,6 +51,7 @@ public:
|
||||
M_MATH,
|
||||
M_MOUSE,
|
||||
M_PHYSICS,
|
||||
M_SENSOR,
|
||||
M_SOUND,
|
||||
M_SYSTEM,
|
||||
M_THREAD,
|
||||
@@ -99,7 +101,7 @@ public:
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
static T *getInstance(ModuleType type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (T *) instances[type];
|
||||
return type != M_UNKNOWN ? (T *) instances[type] : nullptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -78,6 +78,20 @@ private:
|
||||
|
||||
}; // Object
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Structure wrapping an object and its associated Type instance. This is used
|
||||
* for storing everything necessary to identify an object's properties in
|
||||
* environments where the Type is not easily obtained otherwise, for example in
|
||||
* a Lua state.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
struct Proxy
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Holds type information (see types.h).
|
||||
love::Type *type;
|
||||
|
||||
// Pointer to the actual object.
|
||||
Object *object;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum class Acquire
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -45,6 +45,16 @@ struct Optional
|
||||
value = val;
|
||||
hasValue = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
T get(T defaultVal)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return hasValue ? value : defaultVal;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void clear()
|
||||
{
|
||||
hasValue = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef Optional<bool> OptionalBool;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2023 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#pragma once
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <algorithm>
|
||||
#include <limits>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
struct Range
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t first;
|
||||
size_t last;
|
||||
|
||||
Range()
|
||||
: first(std::numeric_limits<size_t>::max())
|
||||
, last(0)
|
||||
{}
|
||||
|
||||
Range(size_t offset, size_t size)
|
||||
: first(offset)
|
||||
, last(offset + size - 1)
|
||||
{}
|
||||
|
||||
bool isValid() const { return first <= last; }
|
||||
|
||||
void invalidate()
|
||||
{
|
||||
first = std::numeric_limits<size_t>::max();
|
||||
last = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
size_t getMin() const { return first; }
|
||||
size_t getMax() const { return last; }
|
||||
|
||||
size_t getOffset() const { return first; }
|
||||
size_t getSize() const { return (last - first) + 1; }
|
||||
|
||||
bool contains(const Range &other) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return first <= other.first && last >= other.last;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool intersects(const Range &other)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return !(first > other.last || last < other.first);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void intersect(const Range &other)
|
||||
{
|
||||
first = std::max(first, other.first);
|
||||
last = std::min(last, other.last);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void encapsulate(size_t index)
|
||||
{
|
||||
first = std::min(first, index);
|
||||
last = std::max(last, index);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void encapsulate(size_t offset, size_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
first = std::min(first, offset);
|
||||
last = std::max(last, offset + size - 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void encapsulate(const Range &other)
|
||||
{
|
||||
first = std::min(first, other.first);
|
||||
last = std::max(last, other.last);
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
@@ -20,10 +20,59 @@
|
||||
|
||||
// LOVE
|
||||
#include "Stream.h"
|
||||
#include "Data.h"
|
||||
#include "data/ByteData.h"
|
||||
#include "Exception.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
love::Type Stream::type("Stream", &Object::type);
|
||||
|
||||
Data *Stream::read(int64 size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int64 max = LOVE_INT64_MAX;
|
||||
int64 cur = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (isSeekable())
|
||||
{
|
||||
max = getSize();
|
||||
cur = tell();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (cur < 0)
|
||||
cur = 0;
|
||||
else if (cur > max)
|
||||
cur = max;
|
||||
|
||||
if (cur + size > max)
|
||||
size = max - cur;
|
||||
|
||||
StrongRef<data::ByteData> dst(new data::ByteData(size, false), Acquire::NORETAIN);
|
||||
|
||||
int64 bytesRead = read(dst->getData(), size);
|
||||
|
||||
if (bytesRead < 0 || (bytesRead == 0 && bytesRead != size))
|
||||
throw love::Exception("Could not read from stream.");
|
||||
|
||||
if (bytesRead < size)
|
||||
dst.set(new data::ByteData(dst->getData(), (size_t) bytesRead), Acquire::NORETAIN);
|
||||
|
||||
dst->retain();
|
||||
return dst;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Stream::write(Data *src)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return write(src, 0, src->getSize());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Stream::write(Data *src, int64 offset, int64 size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (offset < 0 || size < 0 || offset + size > (int64) src->getSize())
|
||||
throw love::Exception("Offset and size parameters do not fit within the given Data's size.");
|
||||
|
||||
return write((const uint8 *) src->getData() + offset, size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
+63
-12
@@ -24,41 +24,92 @@
|
||||
// LOVE
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include "Object.h"
|
||||
#include "int.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
class Data;
|
||||
|
||||
class Stream : public Object
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
enum SeekOrigin
|
||||
{
|
||||
SEEKORIGIN_BEGIN,
|
||||
SEEKORIGIN_CURRENT,
|
||||
SEEKORIGIN_END,
|
||||
SEEKORIGIN_MAX_ENUM
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
static love::Type type;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~Stream() {}
|
||||
|
||||
// getData and getSize are assumed to talk about
|
||||
// the buffer
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Creates a new copy of the Stream, with the same settings as the original.
|
||||
* The seek position will be reset in the copy.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
virtual Stream *clone() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A callback, gets called when some Stream consumer exhausts the data
|
||||
* Gets whether read() is supported for this Stream.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
virtual void fillBackBuffer() {}
|
||||
virtual bool isReadable() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the front buffer, Streams are supposed to be (at least) double-buffered
|
||||
* Gets whether write() is supported for this Stream.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
virtual const void *getFrontBuffer() const = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool isWritable() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the size of any (and in particular the front) buffer
|
||||
* Gets whether seek(), tell(), and getSize() are supported for this Stream.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
virtual size_t getSize() const = 0;
|
||||
virtual bool isSeekable() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Swap buffers. Returns true if there is new data in the front buffer,
|
||||
* false otherwise.
|
||||
* NOTE: If there is no back buffer ready, this call must be ignored
|
||||
* Reads data into the destination buffer, and returns the number of bytes
|
||||
* actually read.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
virtual bool swapBuffers() = 0;
|
||||
virtual int64 read(void *dst, int64 size) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reads data into a new Data object.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
virtual Data *read(int64 size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Writes data from the source buffer into the Stream.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
virtual bool write(const void *src, int64 size) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Writes data from the source Data object into the Stream.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
virtual bool write(Data *src, int64 offset, int64 size);
|
||||
bool write(Data *src);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flushes all data written to the Stream.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
virtual bool flush() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets the total size of the Stream, if supported.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
virtual int64 getSize() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sets the current position in the Stream, if supported.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
virtual bool seek(int64 pos, SeekOrigin origin = SEEKORIGIN_BEGIN) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets the current position in the Stream, if supported.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
virtual int64 tell() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
}; // Stream
|
||||
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
+30
-2
@@ -21,8 +21,6 @@
|
||||
#ifndef LOVE_STRING_MAP_H
|
||||
#define LOVE_STRING_MAP_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Exception.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -182,6 +180,36 @@ private:
|
||||
|
||||
}; // StringMap
|
||||
|
||||
#define STRINGMAP_DECLARE(type) \
|
||||
bool getConstant(const char *in, type &out); \
|
||||
bool getConstant(type in, const char *&out); \
|
||||
std::vector<std::string> getConstants(type); \
|
||||
|
||||
#define STRINGMAP_BEGIN(type, count, name) \
|
||||
static StringMap<type, count>::Entry name##Entries[] =
|
||||
|
||||
#define STRINGMAP_END(type, count, name) \
|
||||
; \
|
||||
static StringMap<type, count> name##s(name##Entries, sizeof(name##Entries)); \
|
||||
bool getConstant(const char *in, type &out) { return name##s.find(in, out); } \
|
||||
bool getConstant(type in, const char *&out) { return name##s.find(in, out); } \
|
||||
std::vector<std::string> getConstants(type) { return name##s.getNames(); }
|
||||
|
||||
#define STRINGMAP_CLASS_DECLARE(type) \
|
||||
static bool getConstant(const char *in, type &out); \
|
||||
static bool getConstant(type in, const char *&out); \
|
||||
static std::vector<std::string> getConstants(type); \
|
||||
|
||||
#define STRINGMAP_CLASS_BEGIN(classname, type, count, name) \
|
||||
static StringMap<type, count>::Entry name##Entries[] =
|
||||
|
||||
#define STRINGMAP_CLASS_END(classname, type, count, name) \
|
||||
; \
|
||||
static StringMap<type, count> name##s(name##Entries, sizeof(name##Entries)); \
|
||||
bool classname::getConstant(const char *in, type &out) { return name##s.find(in, out); } \
|
||||
bool classname::getConstant(type in, const char *&out) { return name##s.find(in, out); } \
|
||||
std::vector<std::string> classname::getConstants(type) { return name##s.getNames(); }
|
||||
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // LOVE_STRING_MAP_H
|
||||
|
||||
+6
-149
@@ -26,25 +26,13 @@
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
static Proxy *tryextractproxy(lua_State *L, int idx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Proxy *u = (Proxy *)lua_touserdata(L, idx);
|
||||
|
||||
if (u == nullptr || u->type == nullptr)
|
||||
return nullptr;
|
||||
|
||||
// We could get rid of the dynamic_cast for more performance, but it would
|
||||
// be less safe...
|
||||
if (dynamic_cast<Object *>(u->object) != nullptr)
|
||||
return u;
|
||||
|
||||
return nullptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
Variant::Variant(Type vtype)
|
||||
: type(vtype)
|
||||
{}
|
||||
|
||||
Variant::Variant()
|
||||
: type(NIL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
{}
|
||||
|
||||
Variant::Variant(bool boolean)
|
||||
: type(BOOLEAN)
|
||||
@@ -95,10 +83,10 @@ Variant::Variant(love::Type *lovetype, love::Object *object)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Variant gets ownership of the vector.
|
||||
Variant::Variant(std::vector<std::pair<Variant, Variant>> *table)
|
||||
Variant::Variant(SharedTable *table)
|
||||
: type(TABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
data.table = new SharedTable(table);
|
||||
data.table = table;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Variant::Variant(const Variant &v)
|
||||
@@ -152,135 +140,4 @@ Variant &Variant::operator = (const Variant &v)
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Variant Variant::fromLua(lua_State *L, int n, std::set<const void*> *tableSet)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t len;
|
||||
const char *str;
|
||||
Proxy *p = nullptr;
|
||||
|
||||
if (n < 0) // Fix the stack position, we might modify it later
|
||||
n += lua_gettop(L) + 1;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (lua_type(L, n))
|
||||
{
|
||||
case LUA_TBOOLEAN:
|
||||
return Variant(luax_toboolean(L, n));
|
||||
case LUA_TNUMBER:
|
||||
return Variant(lua_tonumber(L, n));
|
||||
case LUA_TSTRING:
|
||||
str = lua_tolstring(L, n, &len);
|
||||
return Variant(str, len);
|
||||
case LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA:
|
||||
return Variant(lua_touserdata(L, n));
|
||||
case LUA_TUSERDATA:
|
||||
p = tryextractproxy(L, n);
|
||||
if (p != nullptr)
|
||||
return Variant(p->type, p->object);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
luax_typerror(L, n, "love type");
|
||||
return Variant();
|
||||
}
|
||||
case LUA_TNIL:
|
||||
return Variant();
|
||||
case LUA_TTABLE:
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool success = true;
|
||||
std::set<const void *> topTableSet;
|
||||
std::vector<std::pair<Variant, Variant>> *table = new std::vector<std::pair<Variant, Variant>>();
|
||||
|
||||
// We can use a pointer to a stack-allocated variable because it's
|
||||
// never used after the stack-allocated variable is destroyed.
|
||||
if (tableSet == nullptr)
|
||||
tableSet = &topTableSet;
|
||||
|
||||
// Now make sure this table wasn't already serialised
|
||||
const void *tablePointer = lua_topointer(L, n);
|
||||
{
|
||||
auto result = tableSet->insert(tablePointer);
|
||||
if (!result.second) // insertion failed
|
||||
throw love::Exception("Cycle detected in table");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
size_t len = luax_objlen(L, -1);
|
||||
if (len > 0)
|
||||
table->reserve(len);
|
||||
|
||||
lua_pushnil(L);
|
||||
|
||||
while (lua_next(L, n))
|
||||
{
|
||||
table->emplace_back(fromLua(L, -2, tableSet), fromLua(L, -1, tableSet));
|
||||
lua_pop(L, 1);
|
||||
|
||||
const auto &p = table->back();
|
||||
if (p.first.getType() == UNKNOWN || p.second.getType() == UNKNOWN)
|
||||
{
|
||||
success = false;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// And remove the table from the set again
|
||||
tableSet->erase(tablePointer);
|
||||
|
||||
if (success)
|
||||
return Variant(table);
|
||||
else
|
||||
delete table;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Variant v;
|
||||
v.type = UNKNOWN;
|
||||
return v;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Variant::toLua(lua_State *L) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case BOOLEAN:
|
||||
lua_pushboolean(L, data.boolean);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case NUMBER:
|
||||
lua_pushnumber(L, data.number);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case STRING:
|
||||
lua_pushlstring(L, data.string->str, data.string->len);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SMALLSTRING:
|
||||
lua_pushlstring(L, data.smallstring.str, data.smallstring.len);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case LUSERDATA:
|
||||
lua_pushlightuserdata(L, data.userdata);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case LOVEOBJECT:
|
||||
luax_pushtype(L, *data.objectproxy.type, data.objectproxy.object);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TABLE:
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::vector<std::pair<Variant, Variant>> *table = data.table->table;
|
||||
int tsize = (int) table->size();
|
||||
|
||||
lua_createtable(L, 0, tsize);
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < tsize; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::pair<Variant, Variant> &kv = (*table)[i];
|
||||
kv.first.toLua(L);
|
||||
kv.second.toLua(L);
|
||||
lua_settable(L, -3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
case NIL:
|
||||
default:
|
||||
lua_pushnil(L);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
+9
-13
@@ -21,19 +21,18 @@
|
||||
#ifndef LOVE_VARIANT_H
|
||||
#define LOVE_VARIANT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "common/runtime.h"
|
||||
#include "common/config.h"
|
||||
#include "common/Object.h"
|
||||
#include "common/int.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <cstring>
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
#include <set>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
class Variant
|
||||
class LOVE_EXPORT Variant
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -73,14 +72,10 @@ public:
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
SharedTable(std::vector<std::pair<Variant, Variant>> *table)
|
||||
: table(table)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
SharedTable() {}
|
||||
virtual ~SharedTable() {}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~SharedTable() { delete table; }
|
||||
|
||||
std::vector<std::pair<Variant, Variant>> *table;
|
||||
std::vector<std::pair<Variant, Variant>> pairs;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
union Data
|
||||
@@ -105,7 +100,7 @@ public:
|
||||
Variant(const std::string &str);
|
||||
Variant(void *lightuserdata);
|
||||
Variant(love::Type *type, love::Object *object);
|
||||
Variant(std::vector<std::pair<Variant, Variant>> *table);
|
||||
Variant(SharedTable *table);
|
||||
Variant(const Variant &v);
|
||||
Variant(Variant &&v);
|
||||
~Variant();
|
||||
@@ -115,11 +110,12 @@ public:
|
||||
Type getType() const { return type; }
|
||||
const Data &getData() const { return data; }
|
||||
|
||||
static Variant fromLua(lua_State *L, int n, std::set<const void*> *tableSet = nullptr);
|
||||
void toLua(lua_State *L) const;
|
||||
static Variant unknown() { return Variant(UNKNOWN); }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
Variant(Type vtype);
|
||||
|
||||
Type type;
|
||||
Data data;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
+195
-134
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "android.h"
|
||||
#include "Object.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef LOVE_ANDROID
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -35,6 +36,7 @@
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libraries/physfs/physfs.h"
|
||||
#include "filesystem/physfs/PhysfsIo.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
@@ -45,13 +47,11 @@ namespace android
|
||||
void setImmersive(bool immersive_active)
|
||||
{
|
||||
JNIEnv *env = (JNIEnv*) SDL_AndroidGetJNIEnv();
|
||||
|
||||
jobject activity = (jobject) SDL_AndroidGetActivity();
|
||||
jclass clazz = env->GetObjectClass(activity);
|
||||
|
||||
jclass clazz(env->GetObjectClass(activity));
|
||||
jmethodID method_id = env->GetMethodID(clazz, "setImmersiveMode", "(Z)V");
|
||||
|
||||
env->CallVoidMethod(activity, method_id, immersive_active);
|
||||
static jmethodID setImmersiveMethod = env->GetMethodID(clazz, "setImmersiveMode", "(Z)V");
|
||||
env->CallVoidMethod(activity, setImmersiveMethod, immersive_active);
|
||||
|
||||
env->DeleteLocalRef(activity);
|
||||
env->DeleteLocalRef(clazz);
|
||||
@@ -60,18 +60,16 @@ void setImmersive(bool immersive_active)
|
||||
bool getImmersive()
|
||||
{
|
||||
JNIEnv *env = (JNIEnv*) SDL_AndroidGetJNIEnv();
|
||||
|
||||
jobject activity = (jobject) SDL_AndroidGetActivity();
|
||||
jclass clazz = env->GetObjectClass(activity);
|
||||
|
||||
jclass clazz(env->GetObjectClass(activity));
|
||||
jmethodID method_id = env->GetMethodID(clazz, "getImmersiveMode", "()Z");
|
||||
|
||||
jboolean immersive_active = env->CallBooleanMethod(activity, method_id);
|
||||
static jmethodID getImmersiveMethod = env->GetMethodID(clazz, "getImmersiveMode", "()Z");
|
||||
jboolean immersiveActive = env->CallBooleanMethod(activity, getImmersiveMethod);
|
||||
|
||||
env->DeleteLocalRef(activity);
|
||||
env->DeleteLocalRef(clazz);
|
||||
|
||||
return immersive_active;
|
||||
return immersiveActive;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
double getScreenScale()
|
||||
@@ -81,16 +79,13 @@ double getScreenScale()
|
||||
if (result == -1.)
|
||||
{
|
||||
JNIEnv *env = (JNIEnv*) SDL_AndroidGetJNIEnv();
|
||||
jclass activity = env->FindClass("org/love2d/android/GameActivity");
|
||||
jobject activity = (jobject) SDL_AndroidGetActivity();
|
||||
jclass clazz = env->GetObjectClass(activity);
|
||||
|
||||
jmethodID getMetrics = env->GetStaticMethodID(activity, "getMetrics", "()Landroid/util/DisplayMetrics;");
|
||||
jobject metrics = env->CallStaticObjectMethod(activity, getMetrics);
|
||||
jclass metricsClass = env->GetObjectClass(metrics);
|
||||
jmethodID getDPIMethod = env->GetMethodID(clazz, "getDPIScale", "()F");
|
||||
result = (double) env->CallFloatMethod(activity, getDPIMethod);
|
||||
|
||||
result = env->GetFloatField(metrics, env->GetFieldID(metricsClass, "density", "F"));
|
||||
|
||||
env->DeleteLocalRef(metricsClass);
|
||||
env->DeleteLocalRef(metrics);
|
||||
env->DeleteLocalRef(clazz);
|
||||
env->DeleteLocalRef(activity);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -101,8 +96,10 @@ bool getSafeArea(int &top, int &left, int &bottom, int &right)
|
||||
{
|
||||
JNIEnv *env = (JNIEnv*) SDL_AndroidGetJNIEnv();
|
||||
jobject activity = (jobject) SDL_AndroidGetActivity();
|
||||
jclass clazz(env->GetObjectClass(activity));
|
||||
jmethodID methodID = env->GetMethodID(clazz, "initializeSafeArea", "()Z");
|
||||
jclass clazz = env->GetObjectClass(activity);
|
||||
|
||||
static jmethodID methodID = env->GetMethodID(clazz, "getSafeArea", "()Z");
|
||||
|
||||
bool hasSafeArea = false;
|
||||
|
||||
if (methodID == nullptr)
|
||||
@@ -122,64 +119,33 @@ bool getSafeArea(int &top, int &left, int &bottom, int &right)
|
||||
return hasSafeArea;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char *getSelectedGameFile()
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const char *path = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if (path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
delete path;
|
||||
path = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
JNIEnv *env = (JNIEnv*) SDL_AndroidGetJNIEnv();
|
||||
jclass activity = env->FindClass("org/love2d/android/GameActivity");
|
||||
|
||||
jmethodID getGamePath = env->GetStaticMethodID(activity, "getGamePath", "()Ljava/lang/String;");
|
||||
jstring gamePath = (jstring) env->CallStaticObjectMethod(activity, getGamePath);
|
||||
const char *utf = env->GetStringUTFChars(gamePath, 0);
|
||||
if (utf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
path = SDL_strdup(utf);
|
||||
env->ReleaseStringUTFChars(gamePath, utf);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
env->DeleteLocalRef(gamePath);
|
||||
env->DeleteLocalRef(activity);
|
||||
|
||||
return path;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool openURL(const std::string &url)
|
||||
{
|
||||
JNIEnv *env = (JNIEnv*) SDL_AndroidGetJNIEnv();
|
||||
jclass activity = env->FindClass("org/love2d/android/GameActivity");
|
||||
jobject activity = (jobject) SDL_AndroidGetActivity();
|
||||
jclass clazz = env->GetObjectClass(activity);
|
||||
|
||||
jmethodID openURL = env->GetStaticMethodID(activity, "openURLFromLOVE", "(Ljava/lang/String;)Z");
|
||||
static jmethodID openURL = env->GetMethodID(clazz, "openURLFromLOVE", "(Ljava/lang/String;)Z");
|
||||
|
||||
if (openURL == nullptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
env->ExceptionClear();
|
||||
openURL = env->GetStaticMethodID(activity, "openURL", "(Ljava/lang/String;)Z");
|
||||
}
|
||||
jstring jstringURL = env->NewStringUTF(url.c_str());
|
||||
jboolean result = env->CallBooleanMethod(clazz, openURL, jstringURL);
|
||||
|
||||
jstring url_jstring = (jstring) env->NewStringUTF(url.c_str());
|
||||
|
||||
jboolean result = env->CallStaticBooleanMethod(activity, openURL, url_jstring);
|
||||
|
||||
env->DeleteLocalRef(url_jstring);
|
||||
env->DeleteLocalRef(jstringURL);
|
||||
env->DeleteLocalRef(clazz);
|
||||
env->DeleteLocalRef(activity);
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
return (bool) result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void vibrate(double seconds)
|
||||
{
|
||||
JNIEnv *env = (JNIEnv*) SDL_AndroidGetJNIEnv();
|
||||
jclass activity = env->FindClass("org/love2d/android/GameActivity");
|
||||
jobject activity = (jobject) SDL_AndroidGetActivity();
|
||||
jclass clazz = env->GetObjectClass(activity);
|
||||
|
||||
jmethodID vibrate_method = env->GetStaticMethodID(activity, "vibrate", "(D)V");
|
||||
env->CallStaticVoidMethod(activity, vibrate_method, seconds);
|
||||
static jmethodID vibrateMethod = env->GetMethodID(clazz, "vibrate", "(D)V");
|
||||
env->CallVoidMethod(activity, vibrateMethod, seconds);
|
||||
|
||||
env->DeleteLocalRef(clazz);
|
||||
env->DeleteLocalRef(activity);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -192,40 +158,9 @@ void freeGameArchiveMemory(void *ptr)
|
||||
delete[] game_love_data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool loadGameArchiveToMemory(const char* filename, char **ptr, size_t *size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SDL_RWops *asset_game_file = SDL_RWFromFile(filename, "rb");
|
||||
if (!asset_game_file) {
|
||||
SDL_Log("Could not find %s", filename);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Sint64 file_size = asset_game_file->size(asset_game_file);
|
||||
if (file_size <= 0) {
|
||||
SDL_Log("Could not load game from %s. File has invalid file size: %d.", filename, (int) file_size);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*ptr = new char[file_size];
|
||||
if (!*ptr) {
|
||||
SDL_Log("Could not allocate memory for in-memory game archive");
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
size_t bytes_copied = asset_game_file->read(asset_game_file, (void*) *ptr, sizeof(char), (size_t) file_size);
|
||||
if (bytes_copied != file_size) {
|
||||
SDL_Log("Incomplete copy of in-memory game archive!");
|
||||
delete[] *ptr;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*size = (size_t) file_size;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool directoryExists(const char *path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct stat s;
|
||||
struct stat s {};
|
||||
int err = stat(path, &s);
|
||||
if (err == -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -284,9 +219,9 @@ bool hasRecordingPermission()
|
||||
{
|
||||
JNIEnv *env = (JNIEnv*) SDL_AndroidGetJNIEnv();
|
||||
jobject activity = (jobject) SDL_AndroidGetActivity();
|
||||
jclass clazz = env->GetObjectClass(activity);
|
||||
|
||||
jclass clazz(env->GetObjectClass(activity));
|
||||
jmethodID methodID = env->GetMethodID(clazz, "hasRecordAudioPermission", "()Z");
|
||||
static jmethodID methodID = env->GetMethodID(clazz, "hasRecordAudioPermission", "()Z");
|
||||
jboolean result = false;
|
||||
|
||||
if (methodID == nullptr)
|
||||
@@ -736,21 +671,11 @@ void deinitializeVirtualArchive()
|
||||
|
||||
bool checkFusedGame(void **physfsIO_Out)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// TODO: Reorder the loading in 12.0
|
||||
PHYSFS_Io *&io = *(PHYSFS_Io **) physfsIO_Out;
|
||||
AAssetManager *assetManager = getAssetManager();
|
||||
|
||||
// Prefer game.love inside assets/ folder
|
||||
AAsset *asset = AAssetManager_open(assetManager, "game.love", AASSET_MODE_RANDOM);
|
||||
if (asset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
io = aasset::AssetInfo::fromAAsset(assetManager, "game.love", asset);
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// If there's no game.love inside assets/ try main.lua
|
||||
asset = AAssetManager_open(assetManager, "main.lua", AASSET_MODE_STREAMING);
|
||||
|
||||
// Prefer main.lua inside assets/ folder
|
||||
AAsset *asset = AAssetManager_open(assetManager, "main.lua", AASSET_MODE_STREAMING);
|
||||
if (asset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
AAsset_close(asset);
|
||||
@@ -758,6 +683,14 @@ bool checkFusedGame(void **physfsIO_Out)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// If there's no main.lua inside assets/ try game.love
|
||||
asset = AAssetManager_open(assetManager, "game.love", AASSET_MODE_RANDOM);
|
||||
if (asset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
io = aasset::AssetInfo::fromAAsset(assetManager, "game.love", asset);
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Not found
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -765,43 +698,171 @@ bool checkFusedGame(void **physfsIO_Out)
|
||||
const char *getCRequirePath()
|
||||
{
|
||||
static bool initialized = false;
|
||||
static const char *path = nullptr;
|
||||
static std::string path;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!initialized)
|
||||
{
|
||||
JNIEnv *env = (JNIEnv*) SDL_AndroidGetJNIEnv();
|
||||
jobject activity = (jobject) SDL_AndroidGetActivity();
|
||||
jclass clazz = env->GetObjectClass(activity);
|
||||
|
||||
jclass clazz(env->GetObjectClass(activity));
|
||||
jmethodID method_id = env->GetMethodID(clazz, "getCRequirePath", "()Ljava/lang/String;");
|
||||
static jmethodID getCRequireMethod = env->GetMethodID(clazz, "getCRequirePath", "()Ljava/lang/String;");
|
||||
|
||||
path = "";
|
||||
initialized = true;
|
||||
|
||||
if (method_id)
|
||||
jstring cpath = (jstring) env->CallObjectMethod(activity, getCRequireMethod);
|
||||
const char *utf = env->GetStringUTFChars(cpath, nullptr);
|
||||
if (utf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
jstring cpath = (jstring) env->CallObjectMethod(activity, method_id);
|
||||
const char *utf = env->GetStringUTFChars(cpath, nullptr);
|
||||
if (utf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
path = SDL_strdup(utf);
|
||||
env->ReleaseStringUTFChars(cpath, utf);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
env->DeleteLocalRef(cpath);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// NoSuchMethodException is thrown in case methodID is null
|
||||
env->ExceptionClear();
|
||||
return "";
|
||||
path = utf;
|
||||
env->ReleaseStringUTFChars(cpath, utf);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
env->DeleteLocalRef(cpath);
|
||||
env->DeleteLocalRef(activity);
|
||||
env->DeleteLocalRef(clazz);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return path;
|
||||
return path.c_str();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int getFDFromContentProtocol(const char *path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int fd = -1;
|
||||
|
||||
if (strstr(path, "content://") == path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
JNIEnv *env = (JNIEnv*) SDL_AndroidGetJNIEnv();
|
||||
jobject activity = (jobject) SDL_AndroidGetActivity();
|
||||
jclass clazz = env->GetObjectClass(activity);
|
||||
|
||||
static jmethodID converter = env->GetMethodID(clazz, "convertToFileDescriptor", "(Ljava/lang/String;)I");
|
||||
|
||||
jstring uri = env->NewStringUTF(path);
|
||||
fd = (int) env->CallIntMethod(activity, converter, uri);
|
||||
|
||||
env->DeleteLocalRef(uri);
|
||||
env->DeleteLocalRef(clazz);
|
||||
env->DeleteLocalRef(activity);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return fd;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int getFDFromLoveProtocol(const char *path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
constexpr const char PROTOCOL[] = "love2d://fd/";
|
||||
constexpr size_t PROTOCOL_LEN = sizeof(PROTOCOL) - 1;
|
||||
|
||||
if (*path == '/')
|
||||
path++;
|
||||
|
||||
if (memcmp(path, PROTOCOL, PROTOCOL_LEN) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
try
|
||||
{
|
||||
return std::stoi(path + PROTOCOL_LEN, nullptr, 10);
|
||||
}
|
||||
catch (std::logic_error &)
|
||||
{ }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
class FileDescriptorTracker: public love::Object
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
explicit FileDescriptorTracker(int fd): Object(), fd(fd) {}
|
||||
~FileDescriptorTracker() override { close(fd); }
|
||||
int getFd() const { return fd; }
|
||||
private:
|
||||
int fd;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct FileDescriptorIO
|
||||
{
|
||||
FileDescriptorTracker *fd;
|
||||
off64_t size;
|
||||
off64_t offset;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void *getIOFromFD(int fd)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (fd == -1)
|
||||
return nullptr;
|
||||
|
||||
// Create file descriptor IO structure
|
||||
FileDescriptorIO *fdio = new FileDescriptorIO();
|
||||
fdio->size = lseek64(fd, 0, SEEK_END);
|
||||
fdio->offset = 0;
|
||||
lseek64(fd, 0, SEEK_SET);
|
||||
|
||||
if (fdio->size == -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Cannot get size
|
||||
delete fdio;
|
||||
return nullptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
fdio->fd = new FileDescriptorTracker(fd);
|
||||
|
||||
PHYSFS_Io *io = new PHYSFS_Io();
|
||||
io->version = 0;
|
||||
io->opaque = fdio;
|
||||
io->read = [](PHYSFS_Io *io, void *buf, PHYSFS_uint64 size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FileDescriptorIO *fdio = (FileDescriptorIO *) io->opaque;
|
||||
ssize_t ret = pread64(fdio->fd->getFd(), buf, (size_t) size, fdio->offset);
|
||||
|
||||
if (ret == -1)
|
||||
PHYSFS_setErrorCode(PHYSFS_ERR_OTHER_ERROR);
|
||||
else
|
||||
fdio->offset = std::min(fdio->offset + (off64_t) ret, fdio->size);
|
||||
|
||||
return (PHYSFS_sint64) ret;
|
||||
};
|
||||
io->write = nullptr;
|
||||
io->seek = [](PHYSFS_Io *io, PHYSFS_uint64 offset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FileDescriptorIO *fdio = (FileDescriptorIO *) io->opaque;
|
||||
fdio->offset = std::min(std::max<off64_t>((off64_t) offset, 0), fdio->size);
|
||||
// Always success
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
};
|
||||
io->tell = [](PHYSFS_Io *io)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FileDescriptorIO *fdio = (FileDescriptorIO *) io->opaque;
|
||||
return (PHYSFS_sint64) fdio->offset;
|
||||
};
|
||||
io->length = [](PHYSFS_Io *io)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FileDescriptorIO *fdio = (FileDescriptorIO *) io->opaque;
|
||||
return (PHYSFS_sint64) fdio->size;
|
||||
};
|
||||
io->duplicate = [](PHYSFS_Io *io)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FileDescriptorIO *fdio = (FileDescriptorIO *) io->opaque;
|
||||
FileDescriptorIO *fdio2 = new FileDescriptorIO();
|
||||
PHYSFS_Io *io2 = new PHYSFS_Io();
|
||||
|
||||
fdio->fd->retain();
|
||||
|
||||
// Copy data
|
||||
*fdio2 = *fdio;
|
||||
*io2 = *io;
|
||||
io2->opaque = fdio2;
|
||||
|
||||
return io2;
|
||||
};
|
||||
io->flush = nullptr;
|
||||
io->destroy = [](PHYSFS_Io *io)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FileDescriptorIO *fdio = (FileDescriptorIO *) io->opaque;
|
||||
fdio->fd->release();
|
||||
delete fdio;
|
||||
delete io;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
return io;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char *getArg0()
|
||||
|
||||
+21
-7
@@ -50,11 +50,6 @@ double getScreenScale();
|
||||
**/
|
||||
bool getSafeArea(int &top, int &left, int &bottom, int &right);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets the selected love file in the device filesystem.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
const char *getSelectedGameFile();
|
||||
|
||||
bool openURL(const std::string &url);
|
||||
|
||||
void vibrate(double seconds);
|
||||
@@ -64,8 +59,6 @@ void vibrate(double seconds);
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void freeGameArchiveMemory(void *ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
bool loadGameArchiveToMemory(const char *filename, char **ptr, size_t *size);
|
||||
|
||||
bool directoryExists(const char *path);
|
||||
|
||||
bool mkdir(const char *path);
|
||||
@@ -103,6 +96,27 @@ bool checkFusedGame(void **physfsIO_Out);
|
||||
|
||||
const char *getCRequirePath();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert "content://" to file descriptor.
|
||||
* @param path Path with content:// URI
|
||||
* @return File descriptor if successful, -1 on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int getFDFromContentProtocol(const char *path);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Attempt to parse "(/)love2d://fd/<fd>" from path.
|
||||
* @param path Potentially special path.
|
||||
* @return File descriptor passed if successful, -1 if path is not valid.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int getFDFromLoveProtocol(const char *path);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create PHYSFS_Io from file descriptor.
|
||||
* @param fd File descriptor
|
||||
* @return PHYSFS_Io casted to void*.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *getIOFromFD(int fd);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Retrieve PHYSFS_AndroidInit structure.
|
||||
* @return Pointer to PHYSFS_AndroidInit structure, casted to pointer of char.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2023 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#pragma once
|
||||
|
||||
#include "config.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(LOVE_IOS) || defined(LOVE_MACOS)
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace apple
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
enum UserDirectory
|
||||
{
|
||||
USER_DIRECTORY_HOME,
|
||||
USER_DIRECTORY_APPSUPPORT,
|
||||
USER_DIRECTORY_DOCUMENTS,
|
||||
USER_DIRECTORY_DESKTOP,
|
||||
USER_DIRECTORY_CACHES,
|
||||
USER_DIRECTORY_TEMP,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
std::string getUserDirectory(UserDirectory dir);
|
||||
std::string getExecutablePath();
|
||||
|
||||
} // apple
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // defined(LOVE_IOS) || defined(LOVE_MACOS)
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2023 LOVE Development Team
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "apple.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(LOVE_IOS) || defined(LOVE_MACOS)
|
||||
|
||||
#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace apple
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
std::string getUserDirectory(UserDirectory dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string path;
|
||||
NSSearchPathDirectory nsdir = NSTrashDirectory;
|
||||
|
||||
@autoreleasepool
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case USER_DIRECTORY_HOME:
|
||||
return NSHomeDirectory().UTF8String;
|
||||
case USER_DIRECTORY_APPSUPPORT:
|
||||
nsdir = NSApplicationSupportDirectory;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case USER_DIRECTORY_DOCUMENTS:
|
||||
nsdir = NSDocumentDirectory;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case USER_DIRECTORY_DESKTOP:
|
||||
nsdir = NSDesktopDirectory;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case USER_DIRECTORY_CACHES:
|
||||
nsdir = NSCachesDirectory;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case USER_DIRECTORY_TEMP:
|
||||
nsdir = NSItemReplacementDirectory;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NSArray<NSURL *> *dirs = [[NSFileManager defaultManager] URLsForDirectory:nsdir inDomains:NSUserDomainMask];
|
||||
if (dirs.count > 0)
|
||||
path = [dirs[0].path UTF8String];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return path;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::string getExecutablePath()
|
||||
{
|
||||
@autoreleasepool
|
||||
{
|
||||
return std::string([NSBundle mainBundle].executablePath.UTF8String);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} // apple
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // defined(LOVE_IOS) || defined(LOVE_MACOS)
|
||||
+20
-12
@@ -24,14 +24,10 @@
|
||||
// Platform stuff.
|
||||
#if defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32)
|
||||
# define LOVE_WINDOWS 1
|
||||
// If _USING_V110_SDK71_ is defined it means we are using the xp toolset.
|
||||
# if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1700) && !_USING_V110_SDK71_
|
||||
# include <winapifamily.h>
|
||||
# if WINAPI_FAMILY_PARTITION(WINAPI_PARTITION_APP) && !WINAPI_FAMILY_PARTITION(WINAPI_PARTITION_DESKTOP)
|
||||
# define LOVE_WINDOWS_UWP 1
|
||||
# define LOVE_NO_MODPLUG 1
|
||||
# define LOVE_NOMPG123 1
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# include <winapifamily.h>
|
||||
# if WINAPI_FAMILY_PARTITION(WINAPI_PARTITION_APP) && !WINAPI_FAMILY_PARTITION(WINAPI_PARTITION_DESKTOP)
|
||||
# define LOVE_WINDOWS_UWP 1
|
||||
# define LOVE_NO_MODPLUG 1
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(linux) || defined(__linux) || defined(__linux__)
|
||||
@@ -39,13 +35,15 @@
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(__ANDROID__)
|
||||
# define LOVE_ANDROID 1
|
||||
// Needed for ENet
|
||||
# define HAS_SOCKLEN_T 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(__APPLE__)
|
||||
# include <TargetConditionals.h>
|
||||
# if TARGET_OS_IPHONE
|
||||
# define LOVE_IOS 1
|
||||
# elif TARGET_OS_MAC
|
||||
# define LOVE_MACOSX 1
|
||||
# define LOVE_MACOS 1
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__)
|
||||
@@ -72,7 +70,7 @@
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// NEON instructions.
|
||||
#if defined(__ARM_NEON)
|
||||
#if defined(__ARM_NEON) || defined(_M_ARM64)
|
||||
# define LOVE_SIMD_NEON
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -119,7 +117,7 @@
|
||||
# define NOMINMAX
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(LOVE_MACOSX) || defined(LOVE_IOS)
|
||||
#if defined(LOVE_MACOS) || defined(LOVE_IOS)
|
||||
# define LOVE_LEGENDARY_APP_ARGV_HACK
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -127,6 +125,14 @@
|
||||
# define LOVE_LEGENDARY_ACCELEROMETER_AS_JOYSTICK_HACK
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(LOVE_WINDOWS) || defined(LOVE_LINUX) || defined(LOVE_ANDROID)
|
||||
# define LOVE_GRAPHICS_VULKAN
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(LOVE_MACOS) || defined(LOVE_IOS)
|
||||
# define LOVE_GRAPHICS_METAL
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Autotools config.h
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <../config.h>
|
||||
@@ -152,6 +158,7 @@
|
||||
# define LOVE_ENABLE_MATH
|
||||
# define LOVE_ENABLE_MOUSE
|
||||
# define LOVE_ENABLE_PHYSICS
|
||||
# define LOVE_ENABLE_SENSOR
|
||||
# define LOVE_ENABLE_SOUND
|
||||
# define LOVE_ENABLE_SYSTEM
|
||||
# define LOVE_ENABLE_THREAD
|
||||
@@ -163,10 +170,11 @@
|
||||
# define LOVE_ENABLE_ENET
|
||||
# define LOVE_ENABLE_LUASOCKET
|
||||
# define LOVE_ENABLE_LUA53
|
||||
# define LOVE_ENABLE_LUAHTTPS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Check we have a sane configuration
|
||||
#if !defined(LOVE_WINDOWS) && !defined(LOVE_LINUX) && !defined(LOVE_IOS) && !defined(LOVE_MACOSX) && !defined(LOVE_ANDROID)
|
||||
#if !defined(LOVE_WINDOWS) && !defined(LOVE_LINUX) && !defined(LOVE_IOS) && !defined(LOVE_MACOS) && !defined(LOVE_ANDROID)
|
||||
# error Could not detect target platform
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !defined(LOVE_LITTLE_ENDIAN) && !defined(LOVE_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
||||
|
||||
+33
-13
@@ -24,6 +24,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
#include <atomic>
|
||||
#include <map>
|
||||
#include <sstream>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -97,32 +98,32 @@ bool isDeprecationOutputEnabled()
|
||||
|
||||
std::string getDeprecationNotice(const DeprecationInfo &info, bool usewhere)
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string notice;
|
||||
std::stringstream notice;
|
||||
|
||||
if (usewhere)
|
||||
notice += info.where;
|
||||
notice << info.where;
|
||||
|
||||
notice += "Using deprecated ";
|
||||
notice << "Using deprecated ";
|
||||
|
||||
if (info.apiType == API_FUNCTION)
|
||||
notice += "function ";
|
||||
notice << "function ";
|
||||
else if (info.apiType == API_METHOD)
|
||||
notice += "method ";
|
||||
notice << "method ";
|
||||
else if (info.apiType == API_CALLBACK)
|
||||
notice << "callback ";
|
||||
else if (info.apiType == API_FIELD)
|
||||
notice += "field ";
|
||||
notice << "field ";
|
||||
else if (info.apiType == API_CONSTANT)
|
||||
notice += "constant ";
|
||||
else
|
||||
notice += "API ";
|
||||
notice << "constant ";
|
||||
|
||||
notice += info.name;
|
||||
notice << info.name;
|
||||
|
||||
if (info.type == DEPRECATED_REPLACED && !info.replacement.empty())
|
||||
notice += " (replaced by " + info.replacement + ")";
|
||||
notice << " (replaced by " << info.replacement << ")";
|
||||
else if (info.type == DEPRECATED_RENAMED && !info.replacement.empty())
|
||||
notice += " (renamed to " + info.replacement + ")";
|
||||
notice << " (renamed to " << info.replacement << ")";
|
||||
|
||||
return notice;
|
||||
return notice.str();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
GetDeprecated::GetDeprecated()
|
||||
@@ -184,4 +185,23 @@ MarkDeprecated::~MarkDeprecated()
|
||||
mutex->unlock();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
STRINGMAP_BEGIN(APIType, API_MAX_ENUM, apiType)
|
||||
{
|
||||
{ "function", API_FUNCTION },
|
||||
{ "method", API_METHOD },
|
||||
{ "callback", API_CALLBACK },
|
||||
{ "field", API_FIELD },
|
||||
{ "constant", API_CONSTANT },
|
||||
{ "custom", API_CUSTOM },
|
||||
}
|
||||
STRINGMAP_END(APIType, API_MAX_ENUM, apiType)
|
||||
|
||||
STRINGMAP_BEGIN(DeprecationType, DEPRECATED_MAX_ENUM, deprecationType)
|
||||
{
|
||||
{ "noreplacement", DEPRECATED_NO_REPLACEMENT },
|
||||
{ "replaced", DEPRECATED_REPLACED },
|
||||
{ "renamed", DEPRECATED_RENAMED },
|
||||
}
|
||||
STRINGMAP_END(DeprecationType, DEPRECATED_MAX_ENUM, deprecationType)
|
||||
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -21,6 +21,7 @@
|
||||
#pragma once
|
||||
|
||||
#include "int.h"
|
||||
#include "StringMap.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
@@ -32,8 +33,11 @@ enum APIType
|
||||
{
|
||||
API_FUNCTION,
|
||||
API_METHOD,
|
||||
API_CALLBACK,
|
||||
API_FIELD,
|
||||
API_CONSTANT,
|
||||
API_CUSTOM,
|
||||
API_MAX_ENUM
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum DeprecationType
|
||||
@@ -41,6 +45,7 @@ enum DeprecationType
|
||||
DEPRECATED_NO_REPLACEMENT,
|
||||
DEPRECATED_REPLACED,
|
||||
DEPRECATED_RENAMED,
|
||||
DEPRECATED_MAX_ENUM
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct DeprecationInfo
|
||||
@@ -78,4 +83,7 @@ struct MarkDeprecated
|
||||
DeprecationInfo *info;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
STRINGMAP_DECLARE(APIType);
|
||||
STRINGMAP_DECLARE(DeprecationType);
|
||||
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -42,27 +42,12 @@ namespace ios
|
||||
**/
|
||||
std::string getLoveInResources(bool &fused);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets the directory path where files should be stored.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
std::string getAppdataDirectory();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the home directory (on iOS, this really means the app's sandbox dir.)
|
||||
**/
|
||||
std::string getHomeDirectory();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Opens the specified URL with the default program associated with the URL's
|
||||
* scheme.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
bool openURL(const std::string &url);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the full path to the executable.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
std::string getExecutablePath();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Causes devices with vibration support to vibrate for about 0.5 seconds.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
+12
-47
@@ -19,6 +19,9 @@
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ios.h"
|
||||
#include "apple.h"
|
||||
|
||||
using namespace love::apple;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef LOVE_IOS
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -127,18 +130,14 @@ static bool deleteFileInDocuments(NSString *filename);
|
||||
|
||||
@end
|
||||
|
||||
static NSString *getDocumentsDirectory()
|
||||
{
|
||||
NSArray *docdirs = NSSearchPathForDirectoriesInDomains(NSDocumentDirectory, NSUserDomainMask, YES);
|
||||
return docdirs[0];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static NSArray *getLovesInDocuments()
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string docdir = getUserDirectory(USER_DIRECTORY_DOCUMENTS);
|
||||
|
||||
NSMutableArray *paths = [NSMutableArray new];
|
||||
|
||||
NSFileManager *manager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
|
||||
NSDirectoryEnumerator *enumerator = [manager enumeratorAtPath:getDocumentsDirectory()];
|
||||
NSDirectoryEnumerator *enumerator = [manager enumeratorAtPath:@(docdir.c_str())];
|
||||
|
||||
NSString *path = nil;
|
||||
while ((path = [enumerator nextObject]))
|
||||
@@ -155,9 +154,9 @@ static NSArray *getLovesInDocuments()
|
||||
|
||||
static bool deleteFileInDocuments(NSString *filename)
|
||||
{
|
||||
NSString *documents = getDocumentsDirectory();
|
||||
std::string docdir = getUserDirectory(USER_DIRECTORY_DOCUMENTS);
|
||||
|
||||
NSString *file = [documents stringByAppendingPathComponent:filename];
|
||||
NSString *file = [@(docdir.c_str()) stringByAppendingPathComponent:filename];
|
||||
bool success = [[NSFileManager defaultManager] removeItemAtPath:file error:nil];
|
||||
|
||||
if (success)
|
||||
@@ -178,7 +177,8 @@ static int dropFileEventFilter(void *userdata, SDL_Event *event)
|
||||
|
||||
if ([fmanager fileExistsAtPath:fname] && [fname.pathExtension isEqual:@"love"])
|
||||
{
|
||||
NSString *documents = getDocumentsDirectory();
|
||||
std::string docdir = getUserDirectory(USER_DIRECTORY_DOCUMENTS);
|
||||
NSString *documents = @(docdir.c_str());
|
||||
|
||||
documents = documents.stringByStandardizingPath.stringByResolvingSymlinksInPath;
|
||||
fname = fname.stringByStandardizingPath.stringByResolvingSymlinksInPath;
|
||||
@@ -331,7 +331,8 @@ std::string getLoveInResources(bool &fused)
|
||||
// The string length might be 0 if the no-game screen was selected.
|
||||
if (selectedfile != nil && selectedfile.length > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
NSString *documents = getDocumentsDirectory();
|
||||
std::string docdir = getUserDirectory(USER_DIRECTORY_DOCUMENTS);
|
||||
NSString *documents = @(docdir.c_str());
|
||||
path = [documents stringByAppendingPathComponent:selectedfile].UTF8String;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -339,34 +340,6 @@ std::string getLoveInResources(bool &fused)
|
||||
return path;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::string getAppdataDirectory()
|
||||
{
|
||||
NSSearchPathDirectory searchdir = NSApplicationSupportDirectory;
|
||||
std::string path;
|
||||
|
||||
@autoreleasepool
|
||||
{
|
||||
NSArray *dirs = NSSearchPathForDirectoriesInDomains(searchdir, NSUserDomainMask, YES);
|
||||
|
||||
if (dirs.count > 0)
|
||||
path = [dirs[0] UTF8String];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return path;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::string getHomeDirectory()
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string path;
|
||||
|
||||
@autoreleasepool
|
||||
{
|
||||
path = [NSHomeDirectory() UTF8String];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return path;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool openURL(const std::string &url)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool success = false;
|
||||
@@ -383,14 +356,6 @@ bool openURL(const std::string &url)
|
||||
return success;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::string getExecutablePath()
|
||||
{
|
||||
@autoreleasepool
|
||||
{
|
||||
return std::string([NSBundle mainBundle].executablePath.UTF8String);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void vibrate()
|
||||
{
|
||||
@autoreleasepool
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -18,12 +18,11 @@
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LOVE_OSX_H
|
||||
#define LOVE_OSX_H
|
||||
#pragma once
|
||||
|
||||
#include "config.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef LOVE_MACOSX
|
||||
#ifdef LOVE_MACOS
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -31,7 +30,7 @@ typedef struct SDL_Window SDL_Window;
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace macosx
|
||||
namespace macos
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
@@ -47,25 +46,24 @@ LOVE_EXPORT std::string getLoveInResources();
|
||||
**/
|
||||
LOVE_EXPORT std::string checkDropEvents();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the full path to the executable.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
std::string getExecutablePath();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Bounce the dock icon, if the app isn't in the foreground.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void requestAttention(bool continuous);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sets whether vsync is enabled for the given CAMetalLayer
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void setMetalLayerVSync(void *metallayer, bool vsync);
|
||||
bool getMetalLayerVSync(void *metallayer);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Explicitly sets the window's color space to be sRGB - which stops the OS
|
||||
* from interpreting the backbuffer output as P3 on P3-capable displays.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void setWindowSRGBColorSpace(SDL_Window *window);
|
||||
|
||||
} // macosx
|
||||
} // macos
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // LOVE_MACOSX
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // LOVE_OSX_H
|
||||
#endif // LOVE_MACOS
|
||||
@@ -18,12 +18,13 @@
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "macosx.h"
|
||||
#include "macos.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef LOVE_MACOSX
|
||||
#ifdef LOVE_MACOS
|
||||
|
||||
#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
|
||||
#import <Cocoa/Cocoa.h>
|
||||
#import <QuartzCore/CAMetalLayer.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef LOVE_MACOSX_SDL_DIRECT_INCLUDE
|
||||
#include <SDL.h>
|
||||
@@ -35,7 +36,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace macosx
|
||||
namespace macos
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
std::string getLoveInResources()
|
||||
@@ -76,14 +77,6 @@ std::string checkDropEvents()
|
||||
return dropstr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::string getExecutablePath()
|
||||
{
|
||||
@autoreleasepool
|
||||
{
|
||||
return std::string([NSBundle mainBundle].executablePath.UTF8String);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void requestAttention(bool continuous)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@autoreleasepool
|
||||
@@ -95,6 +88,32 @@ void requestAttention(bool continuous)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void setMetalLayerVSync(void *metallayer, bool vsync)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@autoreleasepool
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (@available(macOS 10.13, *))
|
||||
{
|
||||
CAMetalLayer *layer = (__bridge CAMetalLayer *) metallayer;
|
||||
layer.displaySyncEnabled = vsync;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool getMetalLayerVSync(void *metallayer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@autoreleasepool
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (@available(macOS 10.13, *))
|
||||
{
|
||||
CAMetalLayer *layer = (__bridge CAMetalLayer *) metallayer;
|
||||
return layer.displaySyncEnabled;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void setWindowSRGBColorSpace(SDL_Window *window)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@autoreleasepool
|
||||
@@ -110,7 +129,7 @@ void setWindowSRGBColorSpace(SDL_Window *window)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} // osx
|
||||
} // macos
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // LOVE_MACOSX
|
||||
#endif // LOVE_MACOS
|
||||
+253
-120
@@ -24,6 +24,107 @@
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
static PixelFormatInfo formatInfo[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
// components, blockW, blockH, blockSize, color, depth, stencil, compressed, dataType
|
||||
{ 0, 1, 1, 0, false, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_UNKNOWN
|
||||
|
||||
{ 0, 1, 1, 0, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_NORMAL
|
||||
{ 0, 1, 1, 0, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_SFLOAT }, // PIXELFORMAT_HDR
|
||||
|
||||
{ 1, 1, 1, 1, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_R8_UNORM
|
||||
{ 1, 1, 1, 1, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_SINT }, // PIXELFORMAT_R8_INT
|
||||
{ 1, 1, 1, 1, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UINT }, // PIXELFORMAT_R8_UINT
|
||||
{ 1, 1, 1, 2, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_R16_UNORM
|
||||
{ 1, 1, 1, 2, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_SFLOAT }, // PIXELFORMAT_R16_FLOAT
|
||||
{ 1, 1, 1, 2, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_SINT }, // PIXELFORMAT_R16_INT
|
||||
{ 1, 1, 1, 2, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UINT }, // PIXELFORMAT_R16_UINT
|
||||
{ 1, 1, 1, 4, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_SFLOAT }, // PIXELFORMAT_R32_FLOAT
|
||||
{ 1, 1, 1, 4, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_SINT }, // PIXELFORMAT_R32_INT
|
||||
{ 1, 1, 1, 4, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UINT }, // PIXELFORMAT_R32_UINT
|
||||
|
||||
{ 2, 1, 1, 2, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_RG8_UNORM
|
||||
{ 2, 1, 1, 2, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_SINT }, // PIXELFORMAT_RG8_INT
|
||||
{ 2, 1, 1, 2, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UINT }, // PIXELFORMAT_RG8_UINT
|
||||
{ 2, 1, 1, 2, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_LA8_UNORM
|
||||
{ 2, 1, 1, 4, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_RG16_UNORM
|
||||
{ 2, 1, 1, 4, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_SFLOAT }, // PIXELFORMAT_RG16_FLOAT
|
||||
{ 2, 1, 1, 4, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_SINT }, // PIXELFORMAT_RG16_INT
|
||||
{ 2, 1, 1, 4, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UINT }, // PIXELFORMAT_RG16_UINT
|
||||
{ 2, 1, 1, 8, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_SFLOAT }, // PIXELFORMAT_RG32_FLOAT
|
||||
{ 2, 1, 1, 8, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_SINT }, // PIXELFORMAT_RG32_INT
|
||||
{ 2, 1, 1, 8, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UINT }, // PIXELFORMAT_RG32_UINT
|
||||
|
||||
{ 4, 1, 1, 4, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_RGBA8_UNORM
|
||||
{ 4, 1, 1, 4, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_RGBA8_UNORM_sRGB
|
||||
{ 4, 1, 1, 4, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_BGRA8_UNORM
|
||||
{ 4, 1, 1, 4, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_BGRA8_UNORM_sRGB
|
||||
{ 4, 1, 1, 4, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_SINT }, // PIXELFORMAT_RGBA8_INT
|
||||
{ 4, 1, 1, 4, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UINT }, // PIXELFORMAT_RGBA8_UINT
|
||||
{ 4, 1, 1, 8, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_RGBA16_UNORM
|
||||
{ 4, 1, 1, 8, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_SFLOAT }, // PIXELFORMAT_RGBA16_FLOAT
|
||||
{ 4, 1, 1, 8, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_SINT }, // PIXELFORMAT_RGBA16_INT
|
||||
{ 4, 1, 1, 8, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UINT }, // PIXELFORMAT_RGBA16_UINT
|
||||
{ 4, 1, 1, 16, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_SFLOAT }, // PIXELFORMAT_RGBA32_FLOAT
|
||||
{ 4, 1, 1, 16, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_SINT }, // PIXELFORMAT_RGBA32_INT
|
||||
{ 4, 1, 1, 16, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UINT }, // PIXELFORMAT_RGBA32_UINT
|
||||
|
||||
{ 4, 1, 1, 2, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_RGBA4_UNORM
|
||||
{ 4, 1, 1, 2, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_RGB5A1_UNORM
|
||||
{ 3, 1, 1, 2, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_RGB565_UNORM
|
||||
{ 4, 1, 1, 4, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_RGB10A2_UNORM
|
||||
{ 3, 1, 1, 4, true, false, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UFLOAT }, // PIXELFORMAT_RG11B10_FLOAT
|
||||
|
||||
{ 1, 1, 1, 1, false, false, true , false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UINT }, // PIXELFORMAT_STENCIL8
|
||||
{ 1, 1, 1, 2, false, true, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH16_UNORM
|
||||
{ 1, 1, 1, 3, false, true, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH24_UNORM
|
||||
{ 1, 1, 1, 4, false, true, false, false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_SFLOAT }, // PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH32_FLOAT
|
||||
{ 2, 1, 1, 4, false, true, true , false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH24_UNORM_STENCIL8
|
||||
{ 2, 1, 1, 5, false, true, true , false, PIXELFORMATTYPE_SFLOAT }, // PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH32_FLOAT_STENCIL8
|
||||
|
||||
{ 3, 4, 4, 8, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_DXT1_UNORM
|
||||
{ 4, 4, 4, 16, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_DXT3_UNORM
|
||||
{ 4, 4, 4, 16, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_DXT5_UNORM
|
||||
{ 1, 4, 4, 8, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_BC4_UNORM
|
||||
{ 1, 4, 4, 8, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_SNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_BC4_SNORM
|
||||
{ 2, 4, 4, 16, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_BC5_UNORM
|
||||
{ 2, 4, 4, 16, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_SNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_BC5_SNORM
|
||||
{ 3, 4, 4, 16, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UFLOAT }, // PIXELFORMAT_BC6H_UFLOAT
|
||||
{ 3, 4, 4, 16, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_SFLOAT }, // PIXELFORMAT_BC6H_FLOAT
|
||||
{ 4, 4, 4, 16, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_BC7_UNORM
|
||||
|
||||
{ 3, 16, 8, 32, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_PVR1_RGB2_UNORM
|
||||
{ 3, 8, 8, 32, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_PVR1_RGB4_UNORM
|
||||
{ 4, 16, 8, 32, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_PVR1_RGBA2_UNORM
|
||||
{ 4, 8, 8, 32, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_PVR1_RGBA4_UNORM
|
||||
|
||||
{ 3, 4, 4, 8, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_ETC1_UNORM
|
||||
{ 3, 4, 4, 8, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_ETC2_RGB_UNORM
|
||||
{ 4, 4, 4, 16, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_ETC2_RGBA_UNORM
|
||||
{ 4, 4, 4, 8, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_ETC2_RGBA1_UNORM
|
||||
{ 1, 4, 4, 8, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_EAC_R_UNORM
|
||||
{ 1, 4, 4, 8, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_SNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_EAC_R_SNORM
|
||||
{ 2, 4, 4, 16, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_EAC_RG_UNORM
|
||||
{ 2, 4, 4, 16, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_SNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_EAC_RG_SNORM
|
||||
|
||||
{ 4, 4, 4, 1, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_ASTC_4x4
|
||||
{ 4, 5, 4, 1, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_ASTC_5x4
|
||||
{ 4, 5, 5, 1, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_ASTC_5x5
|
||||
{ 4, 6, 5, 1, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_ASTC_6x5
|
||||
{ 4, 6, 6, 1, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_ASTC_6x6
|
||||
{ 4, 8, 5, 1, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_ASTC_8x5
|
||||
{ 4, 8, 6, 1, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_ASTC_8x6
|
||||
{ 4, 8, 8, 1, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_ASTC_8x8
|
||||
{ 4, 8, 5, 1, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_ASTC_10x5
|
||||
{ 4, 10, 6, 1, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_ASTC_10x6
|
||||
{ 4, 10, 8, 1, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_ASTC_10x8
|
||||
{ 4, 10, 10, 1, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_ASTC_10x10
|
||||
{ 4, 12, 10, 1, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_ASTC_12x10
|
||||
{ 4, 12, 12, 1, true, false, false, true, PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM }, // PIXELFORMAT_ASTC_12x12
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
static_assert(sizeof(formatInfo) / sizeof(PixelFormatInfo) == PIXELFORMAT_MAX_ENUM, "Update the formatInfo array when adding or removing a PixelFormat");
|
||||
|
||||
static StringMap<PixelFormat, PIXELFORMAT_MAX_ENUM>::Entry formatEntries[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
{ "unknown", PIXELFORMAT_UNKNOWN },
|
||||
@@ -31,57 +132,79 @@ static StringMap<PixelFormat, PIXELFORMAT_MAX_ENUM>::Entry formatEntries[] =
|
||||
{ "normal", PIXELFORMAT_NORMAL },
|
||||
{ "hdr", PIXELFORMAT_HDR },
|
||||
|
||||
{ "r8", PIXELFORMAT_R8 },
|
||||
{ "rg8", PIXELFORMAT_RG8 },
|
||||
{ "rgba8", PIXELFORMAT_RGBA8 },
|
||||
{ "srgba8", PIXELFORMAT_sRGBA8 },
|
||||
{ "r16", PIXELFORMAT_R16 },
|
||||
{ "rg16", PIXELFORMAT_RG16 },
|
||||
{ "rgba16", PIXELFORMAT_RGBA16 },
|
||||
{ "r16f", PIXELFORMAT_R16F },
|
||||
{ "rg16f", PIXELFORMAT_RG16F },
|
||||
{ "rgba16f", PIXELFORMAT_RGBA16F },
|
||||
{ "r32f", PIXELFORMAT_R32F },
|
||||
{ "rg32f", PIXELFORMAT_RG32F },
|
||||
{ "rgba32f", PIXELFORMAT_RGBA32F },
|
||||
{ "r8", PIXELFORMAT_R8_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "r8i", PIXELFORMAT_R8_INT },
|
||||
{ "r8ui", PIXELFORMAT_R8_UINT },
|
||||
{ "r16", PIXELFORMAT_R16_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "r16f", PIXELFORMAT_R16_FLOAT },
|
||||
{ "r16i", PIXELFORMAT_R16_INT },
|
||||
{ "r16ui", PIXELFORMAT_R16_UINT },
|
||||
{ "r32f", PIXELFORMAT_R32_FLOAT },
|
||||
{ "r32i", PIXELFORMAT_R32_INT },
|
||||
{ "r32ui", PIXELFORMAT_R32_UINT },
|
||||
|
||||
{ "la8", PIXELFORMAT_LA8 },
|
||||
{ "rg8", PIXELFORMAT_RG8_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "rg8i", PIXELFORMAT_RG8_INT },
|
||||
{ "rg8ui", PIXELFORMAT_RG8_UINT },
|
||||
{ "la8", PIXELFORMAT_LA8_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "rg16", PIXELFORMAT_RG16_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "rg16f", PIXELFORMAT_RG16_FLOAT },
|
||||
{ "rg16i", PIXELFORMAT_RG16_INT },
|
||||
{ "rg16ui", PIXELFORMAT_RG16_UINT },
|
||||
{ "rg32f", PIXELFORMAT_RG32_FLOAT },
|
||||
{ "rg32i", PIXELFORMAT_RG32_INT },
|
||||
{ "rg32ui", PIXELFORMAT_RG32_UINT },
|
||||
|
||||
{ "rgba4", PIXELFORMAT_RGBA4 },
|
||||
{ "rgb5a1", PIXELFORMAT_RGB5A1 },
|
||||
{ "rgb565", PIXELFORMAT_RGB565 },
|
||||
{ "rgb10a2", PIXELFORMAT_RGB10A2 },
|
||||
{ "rg11b10f", PIXELFORMAT_RG11B10F },
|
||||
{ "rgba8", PIXELFORMAT_RGBA8_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "srgba8", PIXELFORMAT_RGBA8_UNORM_sRGB },
|
||||
{ "bgra8", PIXELFORMAT_BGRA8_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "bgra8srgb", PIXELFORMAT_BGRA8_UNORM_sRGB },
|
||||
{ "rgba8i", PIXELFORMAT_RGBA8_INT },
|
||||
{ "rgba8ui", PIXELFORMAT_RGBA8_UINT },
|
||||
{ "rgba16", PIXELFORMAT_RGBA16_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "rgba16f", PIXELFORMAT_RGBA16_FLOAT },
|
||||
{ "rgba16i", PIXELFORMAT_RGBA16_INT },
|
||||
{ "rgba16ui", PIXELFORMAT_RGBA16_UINT },
|
||||
{ "rgba32f", PIXELFORMAT_RGBA32_FLOAT },
|
||||
{ "rgba32i", PIXELFORMAT_RGBA32_INT },
|
||||
{ "rgba32ui", PIXELFORMAT_RGBA32_UINT },
|
||||
|
||||
{ "stencil8", PIXELFORMAT_STENCIL8 },
|
||||
{ "depth16", PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH16 },
|
||||
{ "depth24", PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH24 },
|
||||
{ "depth32f", PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH32F },
|
||||
{ "depth24stencil8", PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH24_STENCIL8 },
|
||||
{ "depth32fstencil8", PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH32F_STENCIL8 },
|
||||
{ "rgba4", PIXELFORMAT_RGBA4_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "rgb5a1", PIXELFORMAT_RGB5A1_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "rgb565", PIXELFORMAT_RGB565_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "rgb10a2", PIXELFORMAT_RGB10A2_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "rg11b10f", PIXELFORMAT_RG11B10_FLOAT },
|
||||
|
||||
{ "stencil8", PIXELFORMAT_STENCIL8 },
|
||||
{ "depth16", PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH16_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "depth24", PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH24_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "depth32f", PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH32_FLOAT },
|
||||
{ "depth24stencil8", PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH24_UNORM_STENCIL8 },
|
||||
{ "depth32fstencil8", PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH32_FLOAT_STENCIL8 },
|
||||
|
||||
{ "DXT1", PIXELFORMAT_DXT1 },
|
||||
{ "DXT3", PIXELFORMAT_DXT3 },
|
||||
{ "DXT5", PIXELFORMAT_DXT5 },
|
||||
{ "BC4", PIXELFORMAT_BC4 },
|
||||
{ "BC4s", PIXELFORMAT_BC4s },
|
||||
{ "BC5", PIXELFORMAT_BC5 },
|
||||
{ "BC5s", PIXELFORMAT_BC5s },
|
||||
{ "BC6h", PIXELFORMAT_BC6H },
|
||||
{ "BC6hs", PIXELFORMAT_BC6Hs },
|
||||
{ "BC7", PIXELFORMAT_BC7 },
|
||||
{ "PVR1rgb2", PIXELFORMAT_PVR1_RGB2 },
|
||||
{ "PVR1rgb4", PIXELFORMAT_PVR1_RGB4 },
|
||||
{ "PVR1rgba2", PIXELFORMAT_PVR1_RGBA2 },
|
||||
{ "PVR1rgba4", PIXELFORMAT_PVR1_RGBA4 },
|
||||
{ "ETC1", PIXELFORMAT_ETC1 },
|
||||
{ "ETC2rgb", PIXELFORMAT_ETC2_RGB },
|
||||
{ "ETC2rgba", PIXELFORMAT_ETC2_RGBA },
|
||||
{ "ETC2rgba1", PIXELFORMAT_ETC2_RGBA1 },
|
||||
{ "EACr", PIXELFORMAT_EAC_R },
|
||||
{ "EACrs", PIXELFORMAT_EAC_Rs },
|
||||
{ "EACrg", PIXELFORMAT_EAC_RG },
|
||||
{ "EACrgs", PIXELFORMAT_EAC_RGs },
|
||||
{ "DXT1", PIXELFORMAT_DXT1_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "DXT3", PIXELFORMAT_DXT3_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "DXT5", PIXELFORMAT_DXT5_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "BC4", PIXELFORMAT_BC4_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "BC4s", PIXELFORMAT_BC4_SNORM },
|
||||
{ "BC5", PIXELFORMAT_BC5_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "BC5s", PIXELFORMAT_BC5_SNORM },
|
||||
{ "BC6h", PIXELFORMAT_BC6H_UFLOAT },
|
||||
{ "BC6hs", PIXELFORMAT_BC6H_FLOAT },
|
||||
{ "BC7", PIXELFORMAT_BC7_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "PVR1rgb2", PIXELFORMAT_PVR1_RGB2_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "PVR1rgb4", PIXELFORMAT_PVR1_RGB4_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "PVR1rgba2", PIXELFORMAT_PVR1_RGBA2_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "PVR1rgba4", PIXELFORMAT_PVR1_RGBA4_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "ETC1", PIXELFORMAT_ETC1_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "ETC2rgb", PIXELFORMAT_ETC2_RGB_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "ETC2rgba", PIXELFORMAT_ETC2_RGBA_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "ETC2rgba1", PIXELFORMAT_ETC2_RGBA1_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "EACr", PIXELFORMAT_EAC_R_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "EACrs", PIXELFORMAT_EAC_R_SNORM },
|
||||
{ "EACrg", PIXELFORMAT_EAC_RG_UNORM },
|
||||
{ "EACrgs", PIXELFORMAT_EAC_RG_SNORM },
|
||||
|
||||
{ "ASTC4x4", PIXELFORMAT_ASTC_4x4 },
|
||||
{ "ASTC5x4", PIXELFORMAT_ASTC_5x4 },
|
||||
{ "ASTC5x5", PIXELFORMAT_ASTC_5x5 },
|
||||
@@ -112,100 +235,110 @@ bool getConstant(PixelFormat in, const char *&out)
|
||||
return formats.find(in, out);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const PixelFormatInfo &getPixelFormatInfo(PixelFormat format)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return formatInfo[format];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char *getPixelFormatName(PixelFormat format)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *name = "unknown";
|
||||
getConstant(format, name);
|
||||
return name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool isPixelFormatCompressed(PixelFormat format)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// I'm lazy
|
||||
int iformat = (int) format;
|
||||
return iformat >= (int) PIXELFORMAT_DXT1 && iformat < (int) PIXELFORMAT_MAX_ENUM;
|
||||
return formatInfo[format].compressed;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool isPixelFormatColor(PixelFormat format)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return formatInfo[format].color;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool isPixelFormatDepthStencil(PixelFormat format)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int iformat = (int) format;
|
||||
return iformat >= (int) PIXELFORMAT_STENCIL8 && iformat <= (int) PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH32F_STENCIL8;
|
||||
const PixelFormatInfo &info = formatInfo[format];
|
||||
return info.depth || info.stencil;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool isPixelFormatDepth(PixelFormat format)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int iformat = (int) format;
|
||||
return iformat >= (int) PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH16 && iformat <= (int) PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH32F_STENCIL8;
|
||||
return formatInfo[format].depth;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool isPixelFormatStencil(PixelFormat format)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return format == PIXELFORMAT_STENCIL8 || format == PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH24_STENCIL8 || format == PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH32F_STENCIL8;
|
||||
return formatInfo[format].stencil;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
size_t getPixelFormatSize(PixelFormat format)
|
||||
bool isPixelFormatSRGB(PixelFormat format)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (format)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_R8:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_STENCIL8:
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_RG8:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_R16:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_R16F:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_LA8:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_RGBA4:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_RGB5A1:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_RGB565:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH16:
|
||||
return 2;
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_RGBA8:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_sRGBA8:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_RG16:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_RG16F:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_R32F:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_RGB10A2:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_RG11B10F:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH24:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH32F:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH24_STENCIL8:
|
||||
return 4;
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_RGBA16:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_RGBA16F:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_RG32F:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH32F_STENCIL8:
|
||||
return 8;
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_RGBA32F:
|
||||
return 16;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
// TODO: compressed formats
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return format == PIXELFORMAT_RGBA8_UNORM_sRGB || format == PIXELFORMAT_BGRA8_UNORM_sRGB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool isPixelFormatInteger(PixelFormat format)
|
||||
{
|
||||
auto type = formatInfo[format].dataType;
|
||||
return type == PIXELFORMATTYPE_SINT || type == PIXELFORMATTYPE_UINT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
PixelFormat getSRGBPixelFormat(PixelFormat format)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (format == PIXELFORMAT_RGBA8_UNORM)
|
||||
return PIXELFORMAT_RGBA8_UNORM_sRGB;
|
||||
else if (format == PIXELFORMAT_BGRA8_UNORM)
|
||||
return PIXELFORMAT_BGRA8_UNORM_sRGB;
|
||||
return format;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
PixelFormat getLinearPixelFormat(PixelFormat format)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (format == PIXELFORMAT_RGBA8_UNORM_sRGB)
|
||||
return PIXELFORMAT_RGBA8_UNORM;
|
||||
else if (format == PIXELFORMAT_BGRA8_UNORM_sRGB)
|
||||
return PIXELFORMAT_BGRA8_UNORM;
|
||||
return format;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
size_t getPixelFormatBlockSize(PixelFormat format)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return formatInfo[format].blockSize;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
size_t getPixelFormatUncompressedRowSize(PixelFormat format, int width)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const PixelFormatInfo &info = formatInfo[format];
|
||||
if (info.compressed) return 0;
|
||||
return info.blockSize * width / info.blockWidth;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
size_t getPixelFormatCompressedBlockRowSize(PixelFormat format, int width)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const PixelFormatInfo &info = formatInfo[format];
|
||||
if (!info.compressed) return 0;
|
||||
return info.blockSize * ((width + info.blockWidth - 1) / info.blockWidth);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
size_t getPixelFormatCompressedBlockRowCount(PixelFormat format, int height)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const PixelFormatInfo &info = formatInfo[format];
|
||||
if (!info.compressed) return 0;
|
||||
return (height + info.blockHeight - 1) / info.blockHeight;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
size_t getPixelFormatSliceSize(PixelFormat format, int width, int height)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const PixelFormatInfo &info = formatInfo[format];
|
||||
size_t blockW = (width + info.blockWidth - 1) / info.blockWidth;
|
||||
size_t blockH = (height + info.blockHeight - 1) / info.blockHeight;
|
||||
return info.blockSize * blockW * blockH;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int getPixelFormatColorComponents(PixelFormat format)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (format)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_R8:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_R16:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_R16F:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_R32F:
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_RG8:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_RG16:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_RG16F:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_RG32F:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_LA8:
|
||||
return 2;
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_RGB565:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_RG11B10F:
|
||||
return 3;
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_RGBA8:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_sRGBA8:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_RGBA16:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_RGBA16F:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_RGBA32F:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_RGBA4:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_RGB5A1:
|
||||
case PIXELFORMAT_RGB10A2:
|
||||
return 4;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return formatInfo[format].components;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
+154
-50
@@ -33,61 +33,84 @@ enum PixelFormat
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_NORMAL,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_HDR,
|
||||
|
||||
// "regular" formats
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_R8,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RG8,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RGBA8,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_sRGBA8,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_R16,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RG16,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RGBA16,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_R16F,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RG16F,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RGBA16F,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_R32F,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RG32F,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RGBA32F,
|
||||
// 1-channel normal formats
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_R8_UNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_R8_INT,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_R8_UINT,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_R16_UNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_R16_FLOAT,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_R16_INT,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_R16_UINT,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_R32_FLOAT,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_R32_INT,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_R32_UINT,
|
||||
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_LA8, // Same as RG8, but accessed as (L, L, L, A)
|
||||
// 2-channel normal formats
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RG8_UNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RG8_INT,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RG8_UINT,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_LA8_UNORM, // Same as RG8, but accessed as (L, L, L, A)
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RG16_UNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RG16_FLOAT,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RG16_INT,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RG16_UINT,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RG32_FLOAT,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RG32_INT,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RG32_UINT,
|
||||
|
||||
// 4-channel normal formats
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RGBA8_UNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RGBA8_UNORM_sRGB,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_BGRA8_UNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_BGRA8_UNORM_sRGB,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RGBA8_INT,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RGBA8_UINT,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RGBA16_UNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RGBA16_FLOAT,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RGBA16_INT,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RGBA16_UINT,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RGBA32_FLOAT,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RGBA32_INT,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RGBA32_UINT,
|
||||
|
||||
// packed formats
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RGBA4, // LSB->MSB: [a, b, g, r]
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RGB5A1, // LSB->MSB: [a, b, g, r]
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RGB565, // LSB->MSB: [b, g, r]
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RGB10A2, // LSB->MSB: [r, g, b, a]
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RG11B10F, // LSB->MSB: [r, g, b]
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RGBA4_UNORM, // LSB->MSB: [a, b, g, r]
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RGB5A1_UNORM, // LSB->MSB: [a, b, g, r]
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RGB565_UNORM, // LSB->MSB: [b, g, r]
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RGB10A2_UNORM, // LSB->MSB: [r, g, b, a]
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_RG11B10_FLOAT, // LSB->MSB: [r, g, b]
|
||||
|
||||
// depth/stencil formats
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_STENCIL8,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH16,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH24,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH32F,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH24_STENCIL8,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH32F_STENCIL8,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH16_UNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH24_UNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH32_FLOAT,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH24_UNORM_STENCIL8,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_DEPTH32_FLOAT_STENCIL8,
|
||||
|
||||
// compressed formats
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_DXT1,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_DXT3,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_DXT5,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_BC4,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_BC4s,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_BC5,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_BC5s,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_BC6H,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_BC6Hs,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_BC7,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_PVR1_RGB2,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_PVR1_RGB4,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_PVR1_RGBA2,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_PVR1_RGBA4,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_ETC1,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_ETC2_RGB,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_ETC2_RGBA,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_ETC2_RGBA1,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_EAC_R,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_EAC_Rs,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_EAC_RG,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_EAC_RGs,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_DXT1_UNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_DXT3_UNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_DXT5_UNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_BC4_UNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_BC4_SNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_BC5_UNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_BC5_SNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_BC6H_UFLOAT,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_BC6H_FLOAT,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_BC7_UNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_PVR1_RGB2_UNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_PVR1_RGB4_UNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_PVR1_RGBA2_UNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_PVR1_RGBA4_UNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_ETC1_UNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_ETC2_RGB_UNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_ETC2_RGBA_UNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_ETC2_RGBA1_UNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_EAC_R_UNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_EAC_R_SNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_EAC_RG_UNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_EAC_RG_SNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_ASTC_4x4,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_ASTC_5x4,
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_ASTC_5x5,
|
||||
@@ -106,14 +129,49 @@ enum PixelFormat
|
||||
PIXELFORMAT_MAX_ENUM
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum PixelFormatType
|
||||
{
|
||||
PIXELFORMATTYPE_UNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMATTYPE_SNORM,
|
||||
PIXELFORMATTYPE_UFLOAT,
|
||||
PIXELFORMATTYPE_SFLOAT,
|
||||
PIXELFORMATTYPE_UINT,
|
||||
PIXELFORMATTYPE_SINT,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct PixelFormatInfo
|
||||
{
|
||||
int components;
|
||||
size_t blockWidth;
|
||||
size_t blockHeight;
|
||||
size_t blockSize;
|
||||
bool color;
|
||||
bool depth;
|
||||
bool stencil;
|
||||
bool compressed;
|
||||
PixelFormatType dataType;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bool getConstant(PixelFormat in, const char *&out);
|
||||
bool getConstant(const char *in, PixelFormat &out);
|
||||
|
||||
const PixelFormatInfo &getPixelFormatInfo(PixelFormat format);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets the name of the specified pixel format.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
const char *getPixelFormatName(PixelFormat format);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets whether the specified pixel format is a compressed type.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
bool isPixelFormatCompressed(PixelFormat format);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets whether the specified pixel format is a color type.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
bool isPixelFormatColor(PixelFormat format);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets whether the specified pixel format is a depth or stencil type.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
@@ -130,10 +188,56 @@ bool isPixelFormatDepth(PixelFormat format);
|
||||
bool isPixelFormatStencil(PixelFormat format);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets the size in bytes of the specified pixel format.
|
||||
* NOTE: Currently returns 0 for compressed formats.
|
||||
* Gets whether the specified color pixel format is sRGB-encoded.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
size_t getPixelFormatSize(PixelFormat format);
|
||||
bool isPixelFormatSRGB(PixelFormat format);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets whether the specified pixel format is a signed or unsigned integer type.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
bool isPixelFormatInteger(PixelFormat format);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets the sRGB version of a linear pixel format, if applicable.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
PixelFormat getSRGBPixelFormat(PixelFormat format);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets the linear version of a sRGB pixel format, if applicable.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
PixelFormat getLinearPixelFormat(PixelFormat format);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets the block size in bytes of the specified pixel format.
|
||||
* This is the size in bytes of a pixel for uncompressed formats, but *not*
|
||||
* for compressed formats!
|
||||
**/
|
||||
size_t getPixelFormatBlockSize(PixelFormat format);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets the size in bytes of a row of an uncompressed pixel format.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
size_t getPixelFormatUncompressedRowSize(PixelFormat format, int width);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets the size in bytes of a row of a compressed pixel format. This is the
|
||||
* number of blocks used by the given width, multiplied by the block size. The
|
||||
* number of rows of blocks for a given height can be computed by
|
||||
* getPixelFormatCompressedBlockRowCount.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
size_t getPixelFormatCompressedBlockRowSize(PixelFormat format, int width);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets the number of rows of blocks the given compressed pixel format will use,
|
||||
* for the given height in pixels.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
size_t getPixelFormatCompressedBlockRowCount(PixelFormat format, int height);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets the size in bytes of a slice (width x height 2D plane) which uses the
|
||||
* given pixel format.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
size_t getPixelFormatSliceSize(PixelFormat format, int width, int height);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets the number of color components in the given pixel format.
|
||||
|
||||
+177
-13
@@ -36,13 +36,6 @@
|
||||
#include <cmath>
|
||||
#include <sstream>
|
||||
|
||||
// VS2013 doesn't support alignof
|
||||
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1800
|
||||
#define LOVE_ALIGNOF(x) __alignof(x)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define LOVE_ALIGNOF(x) alignof(x)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -145,7 +138,7 @@ static ObjectKey luax_computeloveobjectkey(lua_State *L, love::Object *object)
|
||||
// It appears to be ABI violation. However it seems there's no reliable way to
|
||||
// get the correct alignment pre-C++17. Consider that 32-bit pointer still fits
|
||||
// in 2^53 range, it's perfectly fine to assume alignment of 1 there.
|
||||
const size_t minalign = sizeof(void*) == 8 ? LOVE_ALIGNOF(std::max_align_t) : 1;
|
||||
const size_t minalign = sizeof(void*) == 8 ? alignof(std::max_align_t) : 1;
|
||||
uintptr_t key = (uintptr_t) object;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((key & (minalign - 1)) != 0)
|
||||
@@ -349,6 +342,23 @@ double luax_numberflag(lua_State *L, int table_index, const char *key, double de
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool luax_checkboolflag(lua_State *L, int table_index, const char *key)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lua_getfield(L, table_index, key);
|
||||
|
||||
bool retval = false;
|
||||
if (lua_type(L, -1) != LUA_TBOOLEAN)
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string err = "expected boolean field '" + std::string(key) + "' in table";
|
||||
return luaL_argerror(L, table_index, err.c_str());
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
retval = luax_toboolean(L, -1);
|
||||
lua_pop(L, 1);
|
||||
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_checkintflag(lua_State *L, int table_index, const char *key)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lua_getfield(L, table_index, key);
|
||||
@@ -356,7 +366,7 @@ int luax_checkintflag(lua_State *L, int table_index, const char *key)
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
if (!lua_isnumber(L, -1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string err = "expected integer field " + std::string(key) + " in table";
|
||||
std::string err = "expected integer field '" + std::string(key) + "' in table";
|
||||
return luaL_argerror(L, table_index, err.c_str());
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
@@ -693,6 +703,160 @@ bool luax_istype(lua_State *L, int idx, love::Type &type)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static Proxy *tryextractproxy(lua_State *L, int idx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Proxy *u = (Proxy *)lua_touserdata(L, idx);
|
||||
|
||||
if (u == nullptr || u->type == nullptr)
|
||||
return nullptr;
|
||||
|
||||
// We could get rid of the dynamic_cast for more performance, but it would
|
||||
// be less safe...
|
||||
if (dynamic_cast<Object *>(u->object) != nullptr)
|
||||
return u;
|
||||
|
||||
return nullptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Variant luax_checkvariant(lua_State *L, int n, bool allowuserdata, std::set<const void*> *tableSet)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t len;
|
||||
const char *str;
|
||||
Proxy *p = nullptr;
|
||||
|
||||
if (n < 0) // Fix the stack position, we might modify it later
|
||||
n += lua_gettop(L) + 1;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (lua_type(L, n))
|
||||
{
|
||||
case LUA_TBOOLEAN:
|
||||
return Variant(luax_toboolean(L, n));
|
||||
case LUA_TNUMBER:
|
||||
return Variant(lua_tonumber(L, n));
|
||||
case LUA_TSTRING:
|
||||
str = lua_tolstring(L, n, &len);
|
||||
return Variant(str, len);
|
||||
case LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA:
|
||||
return Variant(lua_touserdata(L, n));
|
||||
case LUA_TUSERDATA:
|
||||
if (!allowuserdata)
|
||||
{
|
||||
luax_typerror(L, n, "copyable Lua value");
|
||||
return Variant();
|
||||
}
|
||||
p = tryextractproxy(L, n);
|
||||
if (p != nullptr)
|
||||
return Variant(p->type, p->object);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
luax_typerror(L, n, "love type");
|
||||
return Variant();
|
||||
}
|
||||
case LUA_TNIL:
|
||||
return Variant();
|
||||
case LUA_TTABLE:
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool success = true;
|
||||
std::set<const void *> topTableSet;
|
||||
|
||||
// We can use a pointer to a stack-allocated variable because it's
|
||||
// never used after the stack-allocated variable is destroyed.
|
||||
if (tableSet == nullptr)
|
||||
tableSet = &topTableSet;
|
||||
|
||||
// Now make sure this table wasn't already serialised
|
||||
const void *tablePointer = lua_topointer(L, n);
|
||||
{
|
||||
auto result = tableSet->insert(tablePointer);
|
||||
if (!result.second) // insertion failed
|
||||
throw love::Exception("Cycle detected in table");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Variant::SharedTable *table = new Variant::SharedTable();
|
||||
|
||||
size_t len = luax_objlen(L, -1);
|
||||
if (len > 0)
|
||||
table->pairs.reserve(len);
|
||||
|
||||
lua_pushnil(L);
|
||||
|
||||
while (lua_next(L, n))
|
||||
{
|
||||
table->pairs.emplace_back(
|
||||
luax_checkvariant(L, -2, allowuserdata, tableSet),
|
||||
luax_checkvariant(L, -1, allowuserdata, tableSet)
|
||||
);
|
||||
lua_pop(L, 1);
|
||||
|
||||
const auto &p = table->pairs.back();
|
||||
if (p.first.getType() == Variant::UNKNOWN || p.second.getType() == Variant::UNKNOWN)
|
||||
{
|
||||
success = false;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// And remove the table from the set again
|
||||
tableSet->erase(tablePointer);
|
||||
|
||||
if (success)
|
||||
return Variant(table);
|
||||
else
|
||||
table->release();
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return Variant::unknown();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void luax_pushvariant(lua_State *L, const Variant &v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const Variant::Data &data = v.getData();
|
||||
switch (v.getType())
|
||||
{
|
||||
case Variant::BOOLEAN:
|
||||
lua_pushboolean(L, data.boolean);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case Variant::NUMBER:
|
||||
lua_pushnumber(L, data.number);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case Variant::STRING:
|
||||
lua_pushlstring(L, data.string->str, data.string->len);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case Variant::SMALLSTRING:
|
||||
lua_pushlstring(L, data.smallstring.str, data.smallstring.len);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case Variant::LUSERDATA:
|
||||
lua_pushlightuserdata(L, data.userdata);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case Variant::LOVEOBJECT:
|
||||
luax_pushtype(L, *data.objectproxy.type, data.objectproxy.object);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case Variant::TABLE:
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::vector<std::pair<Variant, Variant>> &table = data.table->pairs;
|
||||
int tsize = (int) table.size();
|
||||
|
||||
lua_createtable(L, 0, tsize);
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < tsize; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::pair<Variant, Variant> &kv = table[i];
|
||||
luax_pushvariant(L, kv.first);
|
||||
luax_pushvariant(L, kv.second);
|
||||
lua_settable(L, -3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
case Variant::NIL:
|
||||
default:
|
||||
lua_pushnil(L);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int luax_getfunction(lua_State *L, const char *mod, const char *fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lua_getglobal(L, "love");
|
||||
@@ -899,18 +1063,18 @@ lua_State *luax_getpinnedthread(lua_State *L)
|
||||
return thread;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void luax_markdeprecated(lua_State *L, const char *name, APIType api)
|
||||
void luax_markdeprecated(lua_State *L, int level, const char *name, APIType api)
|
||||
{
|
||||
luax_markdeprecated(L, name, api, DEPRECATED_NO_REPLACEMENT, nullptr);
|
||||
luax_markdeprecated(L, level, name, api, DEPRECATED_NO_REPLACEMENT, nullptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void luax_markdeprecated(lua_State *L, const char *name, APIType api, DeprecationType type, const char *replacement)
|
||||
void luax_markdeprecated(lua_State *L, int level, const char *name, APIType api, DeprecationType type, const char *replacement)
|
||||
{
|
||||
MarkDeprecated deprecated(name, api, type, replacement);
|
||||
|
||||
if (deprecated.info != nullptr && deprecated.info->uses == 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
luaL_where(L, 1);
|
||||
luaL_where(L, level);
|
||||
const char *where = lua_tostring(L, -1);
|
||||
if (where != nullptr)
|
||||
deprecated.info->where = where;
|
||||
|
||||
+26
-18
@@ -24,6 +24,8 @@
|
||||
// LOVE
|
||||
#include "config.h"
|
||||
#include "types.h"
|
||||
#include "Object.h"
|
||||
#include "Variant.h"
|
||||
#include "deprecation.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// Lua
|
||||
@@ -37,12 +39,12 @@ extern "C" {
|
||||
// C++
|
||||
#include <exception>
|
||||
#include <algorithm>
|
||||
#include <set>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
// Forward declarations.
|
||||
class Object;
|
||||
class Module;
|
||||
class Reference;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -59,21 +61,6 @@ enum Registry
|
||||
REGISTRY_OBJECTS
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This structure wraps all Lua-exposed objects. It exists in the
|
||||
* Lua state as a full userdata (so we can catch __gc "events"),
|
||||
* though the Object it refers to is light userdata in the sense
|
||||
* that it is not allocated by the Lua VM.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
struct Proxy
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Holds type information (see types.h).
|
||||
love::Type *type;
|
||||
|
||||
// Pointer to the actual object.
|
||||
Object *object;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A Module with Lua wrapper functions and other data.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
@@ -190,6 +177,7 @@ bool luax_boolflag(lua_State *L, int table_index, const char *key, bool defaultV
|
||||
int luax_intflag(lua_State *L, int table_index, const char *key, int defaultValue);
|
||||
double luax_numberflag(lua_State *L, int table_index, const char *key, double defaultValue);
|
||||
|
||||
bool luax_checkboolflag(lua_State *L, int table_index, const char *key);
|
||||
int luax_checkintflag(lua_State *L, int table_index, const char *key);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
@@ -214,6 +202,16 @@ inline float luax_checkfloat(lua_State *L, int idx)
|
||||
return static_cast<float>(luaL_checknumber(L, idx));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline lua_Number luax_checknumberclamped(lua_State *L, int idx, double minv, double maxv)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return std::min(std::max(luaL_checknumber(L, idx), minv), maxv);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline lua_Number luax_optnumberclamped(lua_State *L, int idx, double minv, double maxv, double def)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return std::min(std::max(luaL_optnumber(L, idx, def), minv), maxv);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline lua_Number luax_checknumberclamped01(lua_State *L, int idx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return std::min(std::max(luaL_checknumber(L, idx), 0.0), 1.0);
|
||||
@@ -354,6 +352,16 @@ void luax_pushtype(lua_State *L, StrongRef<T> &object)
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void luax_rawnewtype(lua_State *L, love::Type &type, love::Object *object);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stores the value at the given index on the stack into a Variant object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
LOVE_EXPORT Variant luax_checkvariant(lua_State *L, int idx, bool allowuserdata = true, std::set<const void*> *tableSet = nullptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pushes the contents of the given Variant index onto the stack.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
LOVE_EXPORT void luax_pushvariant(lua_State *L, const Variant &v);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Checks whether the value at idx is a certain type.
|
||||
* @param L The Lua state.
|
||||
@@ -474,8 +482,8 @@ lua_State *luax_getpinnedthread(lua_State *L);
|
||||
* Mark a function as deprecated. Should only be called inside wrapper function
|
||||
* code.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
void luax_markdeprecated(lua_State *L, const char *name, APIType api);
|
||||
void luax_markdeprecated(lua_State *L, const char *name, APIType api, DeprecationType type, const char *replacement);
|
||||
void luax_markdeprecated(lua_State *L, int level, const char *name, APIType api);
|
||||
void luax_markdeprecated(lua_State *L, int level, const char *name, APIType api, DeprecationType type, const char *replacement);
|
||||
|
||||
extern "C" { // Also called from luasocket
|
||||
int luax_typerror(lua_State *L, int narg, const char *tname);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -25,7 +25,6 @@
|
||||
|
||||
// STD
|
||||
#include <bitset>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -23,6 +23,8 @@
|
||||
#ifdef LOVE_WINDOWS
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
|
||||
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
|
||||
#include <windows.h>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace love
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -25,13 +25,13 @@ namespace love
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
// Version stuff.
|
||||
#define LOVE_VERSION_STRING "11.5"
|
||||
static const int VERSION_MAJOR = 11;
|
||||
static const int VERSION_MINOR = 5;
|
||||
#define LOVE_VERSION_STRING "12.0"
|
||||
static const int VERSION_MAJOR = 12;
|
||||
static const int VERSION_MINOR = 0;
|
||||
static const int VERSION_REV = 0;
|
||||
static const char *VERSION = LOVE_VERSION_STRING;
|
||||
static const char *VERSION_COMPATIBILITY[] = { VERSION, "11.0", "11.1", "11.2", "11.3", "11.4", 0 };
|
||||
static const char *VERSION_CODENAME = "Mysterious Mysteries";
|
||||
static const char *VERSION_COMPATIBILITY[] = { VERSION, 0 };
|
||||
static const char *VERSION_CODENAME = "";
|
||||
|
||||
} // love
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef BOX2D_H
|
||||
#define BOX2D_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
\mainpage Box2D API Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
\section intro_sec Getting Started
|
||||
|
||||
For documentation please see http://box2d.org/documentation.html
|
||||
|
||||
For discussion please visit http://box2d.org/forum
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// These include files constitute the main Box2D API
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Draw.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Timer.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2CircleShape.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2EdgeShape.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2ChainShape.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2PolygonShape.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2BroadPhase.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Distance.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2DynamicTree.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2TimeOfImpact.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2WorldCallbacks.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2TimeStep.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2World.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2DistanceJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2FrictionJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2GearJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2MotorJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2MouseJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2PrismaticJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2PulleyJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2RevoluteJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2RopeJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2WeldJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2WheelJoint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2010 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_CHAIN_SHAPE_H
|
||||
#define B2_CHAIN_SHAPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2EdgeShape;
|
||||
|
||||
/// A chain shape is a free form sequence of line segments.
|
||||
/// The chain has two-sided collision, so you can use inside and outside collision.
|
||||
/// Therefore, you may use any winding order.
|
||||
/// Since there may be many vertices, they are allocated using b2Alloc.
|
||||
/// Connectivity information is used to create smooth collisions.
|
||||
/// WARNING: The chain will not collide properly if there are self-intersections.
|
||||
class b2ChainShape : public b2Shape
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2ChainShape();
|
||||
|
||||
/// The destructor frees the vertices using b2Free.
|
||||
~b2ChainShape();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Clear all data.
|
||||
void Clear();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Create a loop. This automatically adjusts connectivity.
|
||||
/// @param vertices an array of vertices, these are copied
|
||||
/// @param count the vertex count
|
||||
void CreateLoop(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 count);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Create a chain with isolated end vertices.
|
||||
/// @param vertices an array of vertices, these are copied
|
||||
/// @param count the vertex count
|
||||
void CreateChain(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 count);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Establish connectivity to a vertex that precedes the first vertex.
|
||||
/// Don't call this for loops.
|
||||
void SetPrevVertex(const b2Vec2& prevVertex);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Establish connectivity to a vertex that follows the last vertex.
|
||||
/// Don't call this for loops.
|
||||
void SetNextVertex(const b2Vec2& nextVertex);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape. Vertices are cloned using b2Alloc.
|
||||
b2Shape* Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::GetChildCount
|
||||
int32 GetChildCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get a child edge.
|
||||
void GetChildEdge(b2EdgeShape* edge, int32 index) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// This always return false.
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::TestPoint
|
||||
bool TestPoint(const b2Transform& transform, const b2Vec2& p) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
|
||||
const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeAABB
|
||||
void ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Chains have zero mass.
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeMass
|
||||
void ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float32 density) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The vertices. Owned by this class.
|
||||
b2Vec2* m_vertices;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The vertex count.
|
||||
int32 m_count;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_prevVertex, m_nextVertex;
|
||||
bool m_hasPrevVertex, m_hasNextVertex;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2ChainShape::b2ChainShape()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_type = e_chain;
|
||||
m_radius = b2_polygonRadius;
|
||||
m_vertices = NULL;
|
||||
m_count = 0;
|
||||
m_hasPrevVertex = false;
|
||||
m_hasNextVertex = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_CIRCLE_SHAPE_H
|
||||
#define B2_CIRCLE_SHAPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// A circle shape.
|
||||
class b2CircleShape : public b2Shape
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2CircleShape();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
b2Shape* Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::GetChildCount
|
||||
int32 GetChildCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
bool TestPoint(const b2Transform& transform, const b2Vec2& p) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
|
||||
const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeAABB
|
||||
void ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeMass
|
||||
void ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float32 density) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the supporting vertex index in the given direction.
|
||||
int32 GetSupport(const b2Vec2& d) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the supporting vertex in the given direction.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetSupportVertex(const b2Vec2& d) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the vertex count.
|
||||
int32 GetVertexCount() const { return 1; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get a vertex by index. Used by b2Distance.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetVertex(int32 index) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Position
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_p;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2CircleShape::b2CircleShape()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_type = e_circle;
|
||||
m_radius = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_p.SetZero();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int32 b2CircleShape::GetSupport(const b2Vec2 &d) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
B2_NOT_USED(d);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Vec2& b2CircleShape::GetSupportVertex(const b2Vec2 &d) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
B2_NOT_USED(d);
|
||||
return m_p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Vec2& b2CircleShape::GetVertex(int32 index) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
B2_NOT_USED(index);
|
||||
b2Assert(index == 0);
|
||||
return m_p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2010 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_EDGE_SHAPE_H
|
||||
#define B2_EDGE_SHAPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// A line segment (edge) shape. These can be connected in chains or loops
|
||||
/// to other edge shapes. The connectivity information is used to ensure
|
||||
/// correct contact normals.
|
||||
class b2EdgeShape : public b2Shape
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2EdgeShape();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set this as an isolated edge.
|
||||
void Set(const b2Vec2& v1, const b2Vec2& v2);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
b2Shape* Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::GetChildCount
|
||||
int32 GetChildCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::TestPoint
|
||||
bool TestPoint(const b2Transform& transform, const b2Vec2& p) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
|
||||
const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeAABB
|
||||
void ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeMass
|
||||
void ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float32 density) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// These are the edge vertices
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_vertex1, m_vertex2;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Optional adjacent vertices. These are used for smooth collision.
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_vertex0, m_vertex3;
|
||||
bool m_hasVertex0, m_hasVertex3;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2EdgeShape::b2EdgeShape()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_type = e_edge;
|
||||
m_radius = b2_polygonRadius;
|
||||
m_vertex0.x = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_vertex0.y = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_vertex3.x = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_vertex3.y = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_hasVertex0 = false;
|
||||
m_hasVertex3 = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_POLYGON_SHAPE_H
|
||||
#define B2_POLYGON_SHAPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// A convex polygon. It is assumed that the interior of the polygon is to
|
||||
/// the left of each edge.
|
||||
/// Polygons have a maximum number of vertices equal to b2_maxPolygonVertices.
|
||||
/// In most cases you should not need many vertices for a convex polygon.
|
||||
class b2PolygonShape : public b2Shape
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2PolygonShape();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
b2Shape* Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::GetChildCount
|
||||
int32 GetChildCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Create a convex hull from the given array of local points.
|
||||
/// The count must be in the range [3, b2_maxPolygonVertices].
|
||||
/// @warning the points may be re-ordered, even if they form a convex polygon
|
||||
/// @warning collinear points are handled but not removed. Collinear points
|
||||
/// may lead to poor stacking behavior.
|
||||
void Set(const b2Vec2* points, int32 count);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Build vertices to represent an axis-aligned box centered on the local origin.
|
||||
/// @param hx the half-width.
|
||||
/// @param hy the half-height.
|
||||
void SetAsBox(float32 hx, float32 hy);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Build vertices to represent an oriented box.
|
||||
/// @param hx the half-width.
|
||||
/// @param hy the half-height.
|
||||
/// @param center the center of the box in local coordinates.
|
||||
/// @param angle the rotation of the box in local coordinates.
|
||||
void SetAsBox(float32 hx, float32 hy, const b2Vec2& center, float32 angle);
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::TestPoint
|
||||
bool TestPoint(const b2Transform& transform, const b2Vec2& p) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
|
||||
const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeAABB
|
||||
void ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeMass
|
||||
void ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float32 density) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the vertex count.
|
||||
int32 GetVertexCount() const { return m_count; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get a vertex by index.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetVertex(int32 index) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Validate convexity. This is a very time consuming operation.
|
||||
/// @returns true if valid
|
||||
bool Validate() const;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_centroid;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_vertices[b2_maxPolygonVertices];
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_normals[b2_maxPolygonVertices];
|
||||
int32 m_count;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2PolygonShape::b2PolygonShape()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_type = e_polygon;
|
||||
m_radius = b2_polygonRadius;
|
||||
m_count = 0;
|
||||
m_centroid.SetZero();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Vec2& b2PolygonShape::GetVertex(int32 index) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= index && index < m_count);
|
||||
return m_vertices[index];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,698 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2007-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2CircleShape.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2EdgeShape.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2PolygonShape.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute contact points for edge versus circle.
|
||||
// This accounts for edge connectivity.
|
||||
void b2CollideEdgeAndCircle(b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
const b2EdgeShape* edgeA, const b2Transform& xfA,
|
||||
const b2CircleShape* circleB, const b2Transform& xfB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
manifold->pointCount = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute circle in frame of edge
|
||||
b2Vec2 Q = b2MulT(xfA, b2Mul(xfB, circleB->m_p));
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 A = edgeA->m_vertex1, B = edgeA->m_vertex2;
|
||||
b2Vec2 e = B - A;
|
||||
|
||||
// Barycentric coordinates
|
||||
float32 u = b2Dot(e, B - Q);
|
||||
float32 v = b2Dot(e, Q - A);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 radius = edgeA->m_radius + circleB->m_radius;
|
||||
|
||||
b2ContactFeature cf;
|
||||
cf.indexB = 0;
|
||||
cf.typeB = b2ContactFeature::e_vertex;
|
||||
|
||||
// Region A
|
||||
if (v <= 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 P = A;
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = Q - P;
|
||||
float32 dd = b2Dot(d, d);
|
||||
if (dd > radius * radius)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Is there an edge connected to A?
|
||||
if (edgeA->m_hasVertex0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 A1 = edgeA->m_vertex0;
|
||||
b2Vec2 B1 = A;
|
||||
b2Vec2 e1 = B1 - A1;
|
||||
float32 u1 = b2Dot(e1, B1 - Q);
|
||||
|
||||
// Is the circle in Region AB of the previous edge?
|
||||
if (u1 > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
cf.indexA = 0;
|
||||
cf.typeA = b2ContactFeature::e_vertex;
|
||||
manifold->pointCount = 1;
|
||||
manifold->type = b2Manifold::e_circles;
|
||||
manifold->localNormal.SetZero();
|
||||
manifold->localPoint = P;
|
||||
manifold->points[0].id.key = 0;
|
||||
manifold->points[0].id.cf = cf;
|
||||
manifold->points[0].localPoint = circleB->m_p;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Region B
|
||||
if (u <= 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 P = B;
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = Q - P;
|
||||
float32 dd = b2Dot(d, d);
|
||||
if (dd > radius * radius)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Is there an edge connected to B?
|
||||
if (edgeA->m_hasVertex3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 B2 = edgeA->m_vertex3;
|
||||
b2Vec2 A2 = B;
|
||||
b2Vec2 e2 = B2 - A2;
|
||||
float32 v2 = b2Dot(e2, Q - A2);
|
||||
|
||||
// Is the circle in Region AB of the next edge?
|
||||
if (v2 > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
cf.indexA = 1;
|
||||
cf.typeA = b2ContactFeature::e_vertex;
|
||||
manifold->pointCount = 1;
|
||||
manifold->type = b2Manifold::e_circles;
|
||||
manifold->localNormal.SetZero();
|
||||
manifold->localPoint = P;
|
||||
manifold->points[0].id.key = 0;
|
||||
manifold->points[0].id.cf = cf;
|
||||
manifold->points[0].localPoint = circleB->m_p;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Region AB
|
||||
float32 den = b2Dot(e, e);
|
||||
b2Assert(den > 0.0f);
|
||||
b2Vec2 P = (1.0f / den) * (u * A + v * B);
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = Q - P;
|
||||
float32 dd = b2Dot(d, d);
|
||||
if (dd > radius * radius)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 n(-e.y, e.x);
|
||||
if (b2Dot(n, Q - A) < 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
n.Set(-n.x, -n.y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
n.Normalize();
|
||||
|
||||
cf.indexA = 0;
|
||||
cf.typeA = b2ContactFeature::e_face;
|
||||
manifold->pointCount = 1;
|
||||
manifold->type = b2Manifold::e_faceA;
|
||||
manifold->localNormal = n;
|
||||
manifold->localPoint = A;
|
||||
manifold->points[0].id.key = 0;
|
||||
manifold->points[0].id.cf = cf;
|
||||
manifold->points[0].localPoint = circleB->m_p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// This structure is used to keep track of the best separating axis.
|
||||
struct b2EPAxis
|
||||
{
|
||||
enum Type
|
||||
{
|
||||
e_unknown,
|
||||
e_edgeA,
|
||||
e_edgeB
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
Type type;
|
||||
int32 index;
|
||||
float32 separation;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// This holds polygon B expressed in frame A.
|
||||
struct b2TempPolygon
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 vertices[b2_maxPolygonVertices];
|
||||
b2Vec2 normals[b2_maxPolygonVertices];
|
||||
int32 count;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Reference face used for clipping
|
||||
struct b2ReferenceFace
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 i1, i2;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 v1, v2;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 sideNormal1;
|
||||
float32 sideOffset1;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 sideNormal2;
|
||||
float32 sideOffset2;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// This class collides and edge and a polygon, taking into account edge adjacency.
|
||||
struct b2EPCollider
|
||||
{
|
||||
void Collide(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2EdgeShape* edgeA, const b2Transform& xfA,
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* polygonB, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
b2EPAxis ComputeEdgeSeparation();
|
||||
b2EPAxis ComputePolygonSeparation();
|
||||
|
||||
enum VertexType
|
||||
{
|
||||
e_isolated,
|
||||
e_concave,
|
||||
e_convex
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
b2TempPolygon m_polygonB;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Transform m_xf;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_centroidB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_v0, m_v1, m_v2, m_v3;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_normal0, m_normal1, m_normal2;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_normal;
|
||||
VertexType m_type1, m_type2;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_lowerLimit, m_upperLimit;
|
||||
float32 m_radius;
|
||||
bool m_front;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Algorithm:
|
||||
// 1. Classify v1 and v2
|
||||
// 2. Classify polygon centroid as front or back
|
||||
// 3. Flip normal if necessary
|
||||
// 4. Initialize normal range to [-pi, pi] about face normal
|
||||
// 5. Adjust normal range according to adjacent edges
|
||||
// 6. Visit each separating axes, only accept axes within the range
|
||||
// 7. Return if _any_ axis indicates separation
|
||||
// 8. Clip
|
||||
void b2EPCollider::Collide(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2EdgeShape* edgeA, const b2Transform& xfA,
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* polygonB, const b2Transform& xfB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_xf = b2MulT(xfA, xfB);
|
||||
|
||||
m_centroidB = b2Mul(m_xf, polygonB->m_centroid);
|
||||
|
||||
m_v0 = edgeA->m_vertex0;
|
||||
m_v1 = edgeA->m_vertex1;
|
||||
m_v2 = edgeA->m_vertex2;
|
||||
m_v3 = edgeA->m_vertex3;
|
||||
|
||||
bool hasVertex0 = edgeA->m_hasVertex0;
|
||||
bool hasVertex3 = edgeA->m_hasVertex3;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 edge1 = m_v2 - m_v1;
|
||||
edge1.Normalize();
|
||||
m_normal1.Set(edge1.y, -edge1.x);
|
||||
float32 offset1 = b2Dot(m_normal1, m_centroidB - m_v1);
|
||||
float32 offset0 = 0.0f, offset2 = 0.0f;
|
||||
bool convex1 = false, convex2 = false;
|
||||
|
||||
// Is there a preceding edge?
|
||||
if (hasVertex0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 edge0 = m_v1 - m_v0;
|
||||
edge0.Normalize();
|
||||
m_normal0.Set(edge0.y, -edge0.x);
|
||||
convex1 = b2Cross(edge0, edge1) >= 0.0f;
|
||||
offset0 = b2Dot(m_normal0, m_centroidB - m_v0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Is there a following edge?
|
||||
if (hasVertex3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 edge2 = m_v3 - m_v2;
|
||||
edge2.Normalize();
|
||||
m_normal2.Set(edge2.y, -edge2.x);
|
||||
convex2 = b2Cross(edge1, edge2) > 0.0f;
|
||||
offset2 = b2Dot(m_normal2, m_centroidB - m_v2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Determine front or back collision. Determine collision normal limits.
|
||||
if (hasVertex0 && hasVertex3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (convex1 && convex2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_front = offset0 >= 0.0f || offset1 >= 0.0f || offset2 >= 0.0f;
|
||||
if (m_front)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = m_normal0;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = m_normal2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = -m_normal1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (convex1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_front = offset0 >= 0.0f || (offset1 >= 0.0f && offset2 >= 0.0f);
|
||||
if (m_front)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = m_normal0;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = m_normal1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = -m_normal2;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = -m_normal1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (convex2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_front = offset2 >= 0.0f || (offset0 >= 0.0f && offset1 >= 0.0f);
|
||||
if (m_front)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = m_normal2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = -m_normal0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_front = offset0 >= 0.0f && offset1 >= 0.0f && offset2 >= 0.0f;
|
||||
if (m_front)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = m_normal1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = -m_normal2;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = -m_normal0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (hasVertex0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (convex1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_front = offset0 >= 0.0f || offset1 >= 0.0f;
|
||||
if (m_front)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = m_normal0;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = -m_normal1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = -m_normal1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_front = offset0 >= 0.0f && offset1 >= 0.0f;
|
||||
if (m_front)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = -m_normal1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = -m_normal0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (hasVertex3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (convex2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_front = offset1 >= 0.0f || offset2 >= 0.0f;
|
||||
if (m_front)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = m_normal2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = m_normal1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_front = offset1 >= 0.0f && offset2 >= 0.0f;
|
||||
if (m_front)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = m_normal1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = -m_normal2;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = m_normal1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_front = offset1 >= 0.0f;
|
||||
if (m_front)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = -m_normal1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_normal = -m_normal1;
|
||||
m_lowerLimit = m_normal1;
|
||||
m_upperLimit = m_normal1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Get polygonB in frameA
|
||||
m_polygonB.count = polygonB->m_count;
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < polygonB->m_count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_polygonB.vertices[i] = b2Mul(m_xf, polygonB->m_vertices[i]);
|
||||
m_polygonB.normals[i] = b2Mul(m_xf.q, polygonB->m_normals[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_radius = 2.0f * b2_polygonRadius;
|
||||
|
||||
manifold->pointCount = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
b2EPAxis edgeAxis = ComputeEdgeSeparation();
|
||||
|
||||
// If no valid normal can be found than this edge should not collide.
|
||||
if (edgeAxis.type == b2EPAxis::e_unknown)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (edgeAxis.separation > m_radius)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2EPAxis polygonAxis = ComputePolygonSeparation();
|
||||
if (polygonAxis.type != b2EPAxis::e_unknown && polygonAxis.separation > m_radius)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Use hysteresis for jitter reduction.
|
||||
const float32 k_relativeTol = 0.98f;
|
||||
const float32 k_absoluteTol = 0.001f;
|
||||
|
||||
b2EPAxis primaryAxis;
|
||||
if (polygonAxis.type == b2EPAxis::e_unknown)
|
||||
{
|
||||
primaryAxis = edgeAxis;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (polygonAxis.separation > k_relativeTol * edgeAxis.separation + k_absoluteTol)
|
||||
{
|
||||
primaryAxis = polygonAxis;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
primaryAxis = edgeAxis;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2ClipVertex ie[2];
|
||||
b2ReferenceFace rf;
|
||||
if (primaryAxis.type == b2EPAxis::e_edgeA)
|
||||
{
|
||||
manifold->type = b2Manifold::e_faceA;
|
||||
|
||||
// Search for the polygon normal that is most anti-parallel to the edge normal.
|
||||
int32 bestIndex = 0;
|
||||
float32 bestValue = b2Dot(m_normal, m_polygonB.normals[0]);
|
||||
for (int32 i = 1; i < m_polygonB.count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 value = b2Dot(m_normal, m_polygonB.normals[i]);
|
||||
if (value < bestValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bestValue = value;
|
||||
bestIndex = i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int32 i1 = bestIndex;
|
||||
int32 i2 = i1 + 1 < m_polygonB.count ? i1 + 1 : 0;
|
||||
|
||||
ie[0].v = m_polygonB.vertices[i1];
|
||||
ie[0].id.cf.indexA = 0;
|
||||
ie[0].id.cf.indexB = static_cast<uint8>(i1);
|
||||
ie[0].id.cf.typeA = b2ContactFeature::e_face;
|
||||
ie[0].id.cf.typeB = b2ContactFeature::e_vertex;
|
||||
|
||||
ie[1].v = m_polygonB.vertices[i2];
|
||||
ie[1].id.cf.indexA = 0;
|
||||
ie[1].id.cf.indexB = static_cast<uint8>(i2);
|
||||
ie[1].id.cf.typeA = b2ContactFeature::e_face;
|
||||
ie[1].id.cf.typeB = b2ContactFeature::e_vertex;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_front)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rf.i1 = 0;
|
||||
rf.i2 = 1;
|
||||
rf.v1 = m_v1;
|
||||
rf.v2 = m_v2;
|
||||
rf.normal = m_normal1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
rf.i1 = 1;
|
||||
rf.i2 = 0;
|
||||
rf.v1 = m_v2;
|
||||
rf.v2 = m_v1;
|
||||
rf.normal = -m_normal1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
manifold->type = b2Manifold::e_faceB;
|
||||
|
||||
ie[0].v = m_v1;
|
||||
ie[0].id.cf.indexA = 0;
|
||||
ie[0].id.cf.indexB = static_cast<uint8>(primaryAxis.index);
|
||||
ie[0].id.cf.typeA = b2ContactFeature::e_vertex;
|
||||
ie[0].id.cf.typeB = b2ContactFeature::e_face;
|
||||
|
||||
ie[1].v = m_v2;
|
||||
ie[1].id.cf.indexA = 0;
|
||||
ie[1].id.cf.indexB = static_cast<uint8>(primaryAxis.index);
|
||||
ie[1].id.cf.typeA = b2ContactFeature::e_vertex;
|
||||
ie[1].id.cf.typeB = b2ContactFeature::e_face;
|
||||
|
||||
rf.i1 = primaryAxis.index;
|
||||
rf.i2 = rf.i1 + 1 < m_polygonB.count ? rf.i1 + 1 : 0;
|
||||
rf.v1 = m_polygonB.vertices[rf.i1];
|
||||
rf.v2 = m_polygonB.vertices[rf.i2];
|
||||
rf.normal = m_polygonB.normals[rf.i1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
rf.sideNormal1.Set(rf.normal.y, -rf.normal.x);
|
||||
rf.sideNormal2 = -rf.sideNormal1;
|
||||
rf.sideOffset1 = b2Dot(rf.sideNormal1, rf.v1);
|
||||
rf.sideOffset2 = b2Dot(rf.sideNormal2, rf.v2);
|
||||
|
||||
// Clip incident edge against extruded edge1 side edges.
|
||||
b2ClipVertex clipPoints1[2];
|
||||
b2ClipVertex clipPoints2[2];
|
||||
int32 np;
|
||||
|
||||
// Clip to box side 1
|
||||
np = b2ClipSegmentToLine(clipPoints1, ie, rf.sideNormal1, rf.sideOffset1, rf.i1);
|
||||
|
||||
if (np < b2_maxManifoldPoints)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Clip to negative box side 1
|
||||
np = b2ClipSegmentToLine(clipPoints2, clipPoints1, rf.sideNormal2, rf.sideOffset2, rf.i2);
|
||||
|
||||
if (np < b2_maxManifoldPoints)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Now clipPoints2 contains the clipped points.
|
||||
if (primaryAxis.type == b2EPAxis::e_edgeA)
|
||||
{
|
||||
manifold->localNormal = rf.normal;
|
||||
manifold->localPoint = rf.v1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
manifold->localNormal = polygonB->m_normals[rf.i1];
|
||||
manifold->localPoint = polygonB->m_vertices[rf.i1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int32 pointCount = 0;
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < b2_maxManifoldPoints; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 separation;
|
||||
|
||||
separation = b2Dot(rf.normal, clipPoints2[i].v - rf.v1);
|
||||
|
||||
if (separation <= m_radius)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2ManifoldPoint* cp = manifold->points + pointCount;
|
||||
|
||||
if (primaryAxis.type == b2EPAxis::e_edgeA)
|
||||
{
|
||||
cp->localPoint = b2MulT(m_xf, clipPoints2[i].v);
|
||||
cp->id = clipPoints2[i].id;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
cp->localPoint = clipPoints2[i].v;
|
||||
cp->id.cf.typeA = clipPoints2[i].id.cf.typeB;
|
||||
cp->id.cf.typeB = clipPoints2[i].id.cf.typeA;
|
||||
cp->id.cf.indexA = clipPoints2[i].id.cf.indexB;
|
||||
cp->id.cf.indexB = clipPoints2[i].id.cf.indexA;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
++pointCount;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
manifold->pointCount = pointCount;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2EPAxis b2EPCollider::ComputeEdgeSeparation()
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2EPAxis axis;
|
||||
axis.type = b2EPAxis::e_edgeA;
|
||||
axis.index = m_front ? 0 : 1;
|
||||
axis.separation = FLT_MAX;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_polygonB.count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 s = b2Dot(m_normal, m_polygonB.vertices[i] - m_v1);
|
||||
if (s < axis.separation)
|
||||
{
|
||||
axis.separation = s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return axis;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2EPAxis b2EPCollider::ComputePolygonSeparation()
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2EPAxis axis;
|
||||
axis.type = b2EPAxis::e_unknown;
|
||||
axis.index = -1;
|
||||
axis.separation = -FLT_MAX;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 perp(-m_normal.y, m_normal.x);
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_polygonB.count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 n = -m_polygonB.normals[i];
|
||||
|
||||
float32 s1 = b2Dot(n, m_polygonB.vertices[i] - m_v1);
|
||||
float32 s2 = b2Dot(n, m_polygonB.vertices[i] - m_v2);
|
||||
float32 s = b2Min(s1, s2);
|
||||
|
||||
if (s > m_radius)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// No collision
|
||||
axis.type = b2EPAxis::e_edgeB;
|
||||
axis.index = i;
|
||||
axis.separation = s;
|
||||
return axis;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Adjacency
|
||||
if (b2Dot(n, perp) >= 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (b2Dot(n - m_upperLimit, m_normal) < -b2_angularSlop)
|
||||
{
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (b2Dot(n - m_lowerLimit, m_normal) < -b2_angularSlop)
|
||||
{
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (s > axis.separation)
|
||||
{
|
||||
axis.type = b2EPAxis::e_edgeB;
|
||||
axis.index = i;
|
||||
axis.separation = s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return axis;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2CollideEdgeAndPolygon( b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
const b2EdgeShape* edgeA, const b2Transform& xfA,
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* polygonB, const b2Transform& xfB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2EPCollider collider;
|
||||
collider.Collide(manifold, edgeA, xfA, polygonB, xfB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_DISTANCE_H
|
||||
#define B2_DISTANCE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2Shape;
|
||||
|
||||
/// A distance proxy is used by the GJK algorithm.
|
||||
/// It encapsulates any shape.
|
||||
struct b2DistanceProxy
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2DistanceProxy() : m_vertices(NULL), m_count(0), m_radius(0.0f) {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize the proxy using the given shape. The shape
|
||||
/// must remain in scope while the proxy is in use.
|
||||
void Set(const b2Shape* shape, int32 index);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the supporting vertex index in the given direction.
|
||||
int32 GetSupport(const b2Vec2& d) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the supporting vertex in the given direction.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetSupportVertex(const b2Vec2& d) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the vertex count.
|
||||
int32 GetVertexCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get a vertex by index. Used by b2Distance.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetVertex(int32 index) const;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_buffer[2];
|
||||
const b2Vec2* m_vertices;
|
||||
int32 m_count;
|
||||
float32 m_radius;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Used to warm start b2Distance.
|
||||
/// Set count to zero on first call.
|
||||
struct b2SimplexCache
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 metric; ///< length or area
|
||||
uint16 count;
|
||||
uint8 indexA[3]; ///< vertices on shape A
|
||||
uint8 indexB[3]; ///< vertices on shape B
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Input for b2Distance.
|
||||
/// You have to option to use the shape radii
|
||||
/// in the computation. Even
|
||||
struct b2DistanceInput
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2DistanceProxy proxyA;
|
||||
b2DistanceProxy proxyB;
|
||||
b2Transform transformA;
|
||||
b2Transform transformB;
|
||||
bool useRadii;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Output for b2Distance.
|
||||
struct b2DistanceOutput
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointA; ///< closest point on shapeA
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointB; ///< closest point on shapeB
|
||||
float32 distance;
|
||||
int32 iterations; ///< number of GJK iterations used
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the closest points between two shapes. Supports any combination of:
|
||||
/// b2CircleShape, b2PolygonShape, b2EdgeShape. The simplex cache is input/output.
|
||||
/// On the first call set b2SimplexCache.count to zero.
|
||||
void b2Distance(b2DistanceOutput* output,
|
||||
b2SimplexCache* cache,
|
||||
const b2DistanceInput* input);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
inline int32 b2DistanceProxy::GetVertexCount() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Vec2& b2DistanceProxy::GetVertex(int32 index) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= index && index < m_count);
|
||||
return m_vertices[index];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int32 b2DistanceProxy::GetSupport(const b2Vec2& d) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 bestIndex = 0;
|
||||
float32 bestValue = b2Dot(m_vertices[0], d);
|
||||
for (int32 i = 1; i < m_count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 value = b2Dot(m_vertices[i], d);
|
||||
if (value > bestValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bestIndex = i;
|
||||
bestValue = value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return bestIndex;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Vec2& b2DistanceProxy::GetSupportVertex(const b2Vec2& d) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 bestIndex = 0;
|
||||
float32 bestValue = b2Dot(m_vertices[0], d);
|
||||
for (int32 i = 1; i < m_count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 value = b2Dot(m_vertices[i], d);
|
||||
if (value > bestValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bestIndex = i;
|
||||
bestValue = value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return m_vertices[bestIndex];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_TIME_OF_IMPACT_H
|
||||
#define B2_TIME_OF_IMPACT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Distance.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Input parameters for b2TimeOfImpact
|
||||
struct b2TOIInput
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2DistanceProxy proxyA;
|
||||
b2DistanceProxy proxyB;
|
||||
b2Sweep sweepA;
|
||||
b2Sweep sweepB;
|
||||
float32 tMax; // defines sweep interval [0, tMax]
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Output parameters for b2TimeOfImpact.
|
||||
struct b2TOIOutput
|
||||
{
|
||||
enum State
|
||||
{
|
||||
e_unknown,
|
||||
e_failed,
|
||||
e_overlapped,
|
||||
e_touching,
|
||||
e_separated
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
State state;
|
||||
float32 t;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the upper bound on time before two shapes penetrate. Time is represented as
|
||||
/// a fraction between [0,tMax]. This uses a swept separating axis and may miss some intermediate,
|
||||
/// non-tunneling collision. If you change the time interval, you should call this function
|
||||
/// again.
|
||||
/// Note: use b2Distance to compute the contact point and normal at the time of impact.
|
||||
void b2TimeOfImpact(b2TOIOutput* output, const b2TOIInput* input);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_BLOCK_ALLOCATOR_H
|
||||
#define B2_BLOCK_ALLOCATOR_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
|
||||
|
||||
const int32 b2_chunkSize = 16 * 1024;
|
||||
const int32 b2_maxBlockSize = 640;
|
||||
const int32 b2_blockSizes = 14;
|
||||
const int32 b2_chunkArrayIncrement = 128;
|
||||
|
||||
struct b2Block;
|
||||
struct b2Chunk;
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is a small object allocator used for allocating small
|
||||
/// objects that persist for more than one time step.
|
||||
/// See: http://www.codeproject.com/useritems/Small_Block_Allocator.asp
|
||||
class b2BlockAllocator
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2BlockAllocator();
|
||||
~b2BlockAllocator();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Allocate memory. This will use b2Alloc if the size is larger than b2_maxBlockSize.
|
||||
void* Allocate(int32 size);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Free memory. This will use b2Free if the size is larger than b2_maxBlockSize.
|
||||
void Free(void* p, int32 size);
|
||||
|
||||
void Clear();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
b2Chunk* m_chunks;
|
||||
int32 m_chunkCount;
|
||||
int32 m_chunkSpace;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Block* m_freeLists[b2_blockSizes];
|
||||
|
||||
static int32 s_blockSizes[b2_blockSizes];
|
||||
static uint8 s_blockSizeLookup[b2_maxBlockSize + 1];
|
||||
static bool s_blockSizeLookupInitialized;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2011 Erin Catto http://box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Draw.h>
|
||||
|
||||
b2Draw::b2Draw()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_drawFlags = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2Draw::SetFlags(uint32 flags)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_drawFlags = flags;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
uint32 b2Draw::GetFlags() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_drawFlags;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2Draw::AppendFlags(uint32 flags)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_drawFlags |= flags;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2Draw::ClearFlags(uint32 flags)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_drawFlags &= ~flags;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2011 Erin Catto http://box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_DRAW_H
|
||||
#define B2_DRAW_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Color for debug drawing. Each value has the range [0,1].
|
||||
struct b2Color
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Color() {}
|
||||
b2Color(float32 r, float32 g, float32 b, float32 a = 1.0f) : r(r), g(g), b(b), a(a) {}
|
||||
void Set(float32 ri, float32 gi, float32 bi, float32 ai = 1.0f) { r = ri; g = gi; b = bi; a = ai; }
|
||||
float32 r, g, b, a;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement and register this class with a b2World to provide debug drawing of physics
|
||||
/// entities in your game.
|
||||
class b2Draw
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2Draw();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~b2Draw() {}
|
||||
|
||||
enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
e_shapeBit = 0x0001, ///< draw shapes
|
||||
e_jointBit = 0x0002, ///< draw joint connections
|
||||
e_aabbBit = 0x0004, ///< draw axis aligned bounding boxes
|
||||
e_pairBit = 0x0008, ///< draw broad-phase pairs
|
||||
e_centerOfMassBit = 0x0010 ///< draw center of mass frame
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the drawing flags.
|
||||
void SetFlags(uint32 flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the drawing flags.
|
||||
uint32 GetFlags() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Append flags to the current flags.
|
||||
void AppendFlags(uint32 flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Clear flags from the current flags.
|
||||
void ClearFlags(uint32 flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Draw a closed polygon provided in CCW order.
|
||||
virtual void DrawPolygon(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 vertexCount, const b2Color& color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Draw a solid closed polygon provided in CCW order.
|
||||
virtual void DrawSolidPolygon(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 vertexCount, const b2Color& color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Draw a circle.
|
||||
virtual void DrawCircle(const b2Vec2& center, float32 radius, const b2Color& color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Draw a solid circle.
|
||||
virtual void DrawSolidCircle(const b2Vec2& center, float32 radius, const b2Vec2& axis, const b2Color& color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Draw a line segment.
|
||||
virtual void DrawSegment(const b2Vec2& p1, const b2Vec2& p2, const b2Color& color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Draw a transform. Choose your own length scale.
|
||||
/// @param xf a transform.
|
||||
virtual void DrawTransform(const b2Transform& xf) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
uint32 m_drawFlags;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2010 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_GROWABLE_STACK_H
|
||||
#define B2_GROWABLE_STACK_H
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is a growable LIFO stack with an initial capacity of N.
|
||||
/// If the stack size exceeds the initial capacity, the heap is used
|
||||
/// to increase the size of the stack.
|
||||
template <typename T, int32 N>
|
||||
class b2GrowableStack
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2GrowableStack()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_stack = m_array;
|
||||
m_count = 0;
|
||||
m_capacity = N;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
~b2GrowableStack()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_stack != m_array)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Free(m_stack);
|
||||
m_stack = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Push(const T& element)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_count == m_capacity)
|
||||
{
|
||||
T* old = m_stack;
|
||||
m_capacity *= 2;
|
||||
m_stack = (T*)b2Alloc(m_capacity * sizeof(T));
|
||||
memcpy(m_stack, old, m_count * sizeof(T));
|
||||
if (old != m_array)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Free(old);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_stack[m_count] = element;
|
||||
++m_count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
T Pop()
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(m_count > 0);
|
||||
--m_count;
|
||||
return m_stack[m_count];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int32 GetCount()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
T* m_stack;
|
||||
T m_array[N];
|
||||
int32 m_count;
|
||||
int32 m_capacity;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2007-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
|
||||
const b2Vec2 b2Vec2_zero(0.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Solve A * x = b, where b is a column vector. This is more efficient
|
||||
/// than computing the inverse in one-shot cases.
|
||||
b2Vec3 b2Mat33::Solve33(const b2Vec3& b) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 det = b2Dot(ex, b2Cross(ey, ez));
|
||||
if (det != 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
det = 1.0f / det;
|
||||
}
|
||||
b2Vec3 x;
|
||||
x.x = det * b2Dot(b, b2Cross(ey, ez));
|
||||
x.y = det * b2Dot(ex, b2Cross(b, ez));
|
||||
x.z = det * b2Dot(ex, b2Cross(ey, b));
|
||||
return x;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Solve A * x = b, where b is a column vector. This is more efficient
|
||||
/// than computing the inverse in one-shot cases.
|
||||
b2Vec2 b2Mat33::Solve22(const b2Vec2& b) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 a11 = ex.x, a12 = ey.x, a21 = ex.y, a22 = ey.y;
|
||||
float32 det = a11 * a22 - a12 * a21;
|
||||
if (det != 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
det = 1.0f / det;
|
||||
}
|
||||
b2Vec2 x;
|
||||
x.x = det * (a22 * b.x - a12 * b.y);
|
||||
x.y = det * (a11 * b.y - a21 * b.x);
|
||||
return x;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
void b2Mat33::GetInverse22(b2Mat33* M) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 a = ex.x, b = ey.x, c = ex.y, d = ey.y;
|
||||
float32 det = a * d - b * c;
|
||||
if (det != 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
det = 1.0f / det;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
M->ex.x = det * d; M->ey.x = -det * b; M->ex.z = 0.0f;
|
||||
M->ex.y = -det * c; M->ey.y = det * a; M->ey.z = 0.0f;
|
||||
M->ez.x = 0.0f; M->ez.y = 0.0f; M->ez.z = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns the zero matrix if singular.
|
||||
void b2Mat33::GetSymInverse33(b2Mat33* M) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 det = b2Dot(ex, b2Cross(ey, ez));
|
||||
if (det != 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
det = 1.0f / det;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 a11 = ex.x, a12 = ey.x, a13 = ez.x;
|
||||
float32 a22 = ey.y, a23 = ez.y;
|
||||
float32 a33 = ez.z;
|
||||
|
||||
M->ex.x = det * (a22 * a33 - a23 * a23);
|
||||
M->ex.y = det * (a13 * a23 - a12 * a33);
|
||||
M->ex.z = det * (a12 * a23 - a13 * a22);
|
||||
|
||||
M->ey.x = M->ex.y;
|
||||
M->ey.y = det * (a11 * a33 - a13 * a13);
|
||||
M->ey.z = det * (a13 * a12 - a11 * a23);
|
||||
|
||||
M->ez.x = M->ex.z;
|
||||
M->ez.y = M->ey.z;
|
||||
M->ez.z = det * (a11 * a22 - a12 * a12);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "common/Exception.h"
|
||||
|
||||
b2Version b2_version = {2, 3, 2};
|
||||
|
||||
// Memory allocators. Modify these to use your own allocator.
|
||||
void* b2Alloc(int32 size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return malloc(size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2Free(void* mem)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free(mem);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// You can modify this to use your logging facility.
|
||||
void b2Log(const char* string, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
va_start(args, string);
|
||||
vprintf(string, args);
|
||||
va_end(args);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void loveAssert(bool test, const char *teststr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!test)
|
||||
throw love::Exception("Box2D assertion failed: %s", teststr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2StackAllocator.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
|
||||
b2StackAllocator::b2StackAllocator()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_index = 0;
|
||||
m_allocation = 0;
|
||||
m_maxAllocation = 0;
|
||||
m_entryCount = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2StackAllocator::~b2StackAllocator()
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(m_index == 0);
|
||||
b2Assert(m_entryCount == 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void* b2StackAllocator::Allocate(int32 size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(m_entryCount < b2_maxStackEntries);
|
||||
|
||||
b2StackEntry* entry = m_entries + m_entryCount;
|
||||
entry->size = size;
|
||||
if (m_index + size > b2_stackSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
entry->data = (char*)b2Alloc(size);
|
||||
entry->usedMalloc = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
entry->data = m_data + m_index;
|
||||
entry->usedMalloc = false;
|
||||
m_index += size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_allocation += size;
|
||||
m_maxAllocation = b2Max(m_maxAllocation, m_allocation);
|
||||
++m_entryCount;
|
||||
|
||||
return entry->data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2StackAllocator::Free(void* p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(m_entryCount > 0);
|
||||
b2StackEntry* entry = m_entries + m_entryCount - 1;
|
||||
b2Assert(p == entry->data);
|
||||
if (entry->usedMalloc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Free(p);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_index -= entry->size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
m_allocation -= entry->size;
|
||||
--m_entryCount;
|
||||
|
||||
p = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int32 b2StackAllocator::GetMaxAllocation() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_maxAllocation;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_STACK_ALLOCATOR_H
|
||||
#define B2_STACK_ALLOCATOR_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
|
||||
|
||||
const int32 b2_stackSize = 100 * 1024; // 100k
|
||||
const int32 b2_maxStackEntries = 32;
|
||||
|
||||
struct b2StackEntry
|
||||
{
|
||||
char* data;
|
||||
int32 size;
|
||||
bool usedMalloc;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// This is a stack allocator used for fast per step allocations.
|
||||
// You must nest allocate/free pairs. The code will assert
|
||||
// if you try to interleave multiple allocate/free pairs.
|
||||
class b2StackAllocator
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2StackAllocator();
|
||||
~b2StackAllocator();
|
||||
|
||||
void* Allocate(int32 size);
|
||||
void Free(void* p);
|
||||
|
||||
int32 GetMaxAllocation() const;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
char m_data[b2_stackSize];
|
||||
int32 m_index;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 m_allocation;
|
||||
int32 m_maxAllocation;
|
||||
|
||||
b2StackEntry m_entries[b2_maxStackEntries];
|
||||
int32 m_entryCount;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2011 Erin Catto http://box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Timer.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(_WIN32)
|
||||
|
||||
float64 b2Timer::s_invFrequency = 0.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
|
||||
#include <windows.h>
|
||||
|
||||
b2Timer::b2Timer()
|
||||
{
|
||||
LARGE_INTEGER largeInteger;
|
||||
|
||||
if (s_invFrequency == 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
QueryPerformanceFrequency(&largeInteger);
|
||||
s_invFrequency = float64(largeInteger.QuadPart);
|
||||
if (s_invFrequency > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
s_invFrequency = 1000.0f / s_invFrequency;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
QueryPerformanceCounter(&largeInteger);
|
||||
m_start = float64(largeInteger.QuadPart);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2Timer::Reset()
|
||||
{
|
||||
LARGE_INTEGER largeInteger;
|
||||
QueryPerformanceCounter(&largeInteger);
|
||||
m_start = float64(largeInteger.QuadPart);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 b2Timer::GetMilliseconds() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
LARGE_INTEGER largeInteger;
|
||||
QueryPerformanceCounter(&largeInteger);
|
||||
float64 count = float64(largeInteger.QuadPart);
|
||||
float32 ms = float32(s_invFrequency * (count - m_start));
|
||||
return ms;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined(__linux__) || defined (__APPLE__)
|
||||
|
||||
#include <sys/time.h>
|
||||
|
||||
b2Timer::b2Timer()
|
||||
{
|
||||
Reset();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2Timer::Reset()
|
||||
{
|
||||
timeval t;
|
||||
gettimeofday(&t, 0);
|
||||
m_start_sec = t.tv_sec;
|
||||
m_start_usec = t.tv_usec;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 b2Timer::GetMilliseconds() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
timeval t;
|
||||
gettimeofday(&t, 0);
|
||||
return 1000.0f * (t.tv_sec - m_start_sec) + 0.001f * (t.tv_usec - m_start_usec);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
b2Timer::b2Timer()
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2Timer::Reset()
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 b2Timer::GetMilliseconds() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2011 Erin Catto http://box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_TIMER_H
|
||||
#define B2_TIMER_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Timer for profiling. This has platform specific code and may
|
||||
/// not work on every platform.
|
||||
class b2Timer
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/// Constructor
|
||||
b2Timer();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Reset the timer.
|
||||
void Reset();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the time since construction or the last reset.
|
||||
float32 GetMilliseconds() const;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(_WIN32)
|
||||
float64 m_start;
|
||||
static float64 s_invFrequency;
|
||||
#elif defined(__linux__) || defined (__APPLE__)
|
||||
unsigned long m_start_sec;
|
||||
unsigned long m_start_usec;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2010 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2ChainAndCircleContact.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2ChainShape.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2EdgeShape.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <new>
|
||||
|
||||
b2Contact* b2ChainAndCircleContact::Create(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2ChainAndCircleContact));
|
||||
return new (mem) b2ChainAndCircleContact(fixtureA, indexA, fixtureB, indexB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2ChainAndCircleContact::Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
|
||||
{
|
||||
((b2ChainAndCircleContact*)contact)->~b2ChainAndCircleContact();
|
||||
allocator->Free(contact, sizeof(b2ChainAndCircleContact));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2ChainAndCircleContact::b2ChainAndCircleContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB)
|
||||
: b2Contact(fixtureA, indexA, fixtureB, indexB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(m_fixtureA->GetType() == b2Shape::e_chain);
|
||||
b2Assert(m_fixtureB->GetType() == b2Shape::e_circle);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2ChainAndCircleContact::Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2ChainShape* chain = (b2ChainShape*)m_fixtureA->GetShape();
|
||||
b2EdgeShape edge;
|
||||
chain->GetChildEdge(&edge, m_indexA);
|
||||
b2CollideEdgeAndCircle( manifold, &edge, xfA,
|
||||
(b2CircleShape*)m_fixtureB->GetShape(), xfB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_CHAIN_AND_CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
|
||||
#define B2_CHAIN_AND_CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2BlockAllocator;
|
||||
|
||||
class b2ChainAndCircleContact : public b2Contact
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static b2Contact* Create( b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA,
|
||||
b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
|
||||
b2ChainAndCircleContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB);
|
||||
~b2ChainAndCircleContact() {}
|
||||
|
||||
void Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2010 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2ChainAndPolygonContact.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2ChainShape.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2EdgeShape.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <new>
|
||||
|
||||
b2Contact* b2ChainAndPolygonContact::Create(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2ChainAndPolygonContact));
|
||||
return new (mem) b2ChainAndPolygonContact(fixtureA, indexA, fixtureB, indexB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2ChainAndPolygonContact::Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
|
||||
{
|
||||
((b2ChainAndPolygonContact*)contact)->~b2ChainAndPolygonContact();
|
||||
allocator->Free(contact, sizeof(b2ChainAndPolygonContact));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2ChainAndPolygonContact::b2ChainAndPolygonContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB)
|
||||
: b2Contact(fixtureA, indexA, fixtureB, indexB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(m_fixtureA->GetType() == b2Shape::e_chain);
|
||||
b2Assert(m_fixtureB->GetType() == b2Shape::e_polygon);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2ChainAndPolygonContact::Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2ChainShape* chain = (b2ChainShape*)m_fixtureA->GetShape();
|
||||
b2EdgeShape edge;
|
||||
chain->GetChildEdge(&edge, m_indexA);
|
||||
b2CollideEdgeAndPolygon( manifold, &edge, xfA,
|
||||
(b2PolygonShape*)m_fixtureB->GetShape(), xfB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_CHAIN_AND_POLYGON_CONTACT_H
|
||||
#define B2_CHAIN_AND_POLYGON_CONTACT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2BlockAllocator;
|
||||
|
||||
class b2ChainAndPolygonContact : public b2Contact
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static b2Contact* Create( b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA,
|
||||
b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
|
||||
b2ChainAndPolygonContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB);
|
||||
~b2ChainAndPolygonContact() {}
|
||||
|
||||
void Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2CircleContact.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2WorldCallbacks.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2TimeOfImpact.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <new>
|
||||
|
||||
b2Contact* b2CircleContact::Create(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2CircleContact));
|
||||
return new (mem) b2CircleContact(fixtureA, fixtureB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2CircleContact::Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
|
||||
{
|
||||
((b2CircleContact*)contact)->~b2CircleContact();
|
||||
allocator->Free(contact, sizeof(b2CircleContact));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2CircleContact::b2CircleContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB)
|
||||
: b2Contact(fixtureA, 0, fixtureB, 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(m_fixtureA->GetType() == b2Shape::e_circle);
|
||||
b2Assert(m_fixtureB->GetType() == b2Shape::e_circle);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2CircleContact::Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2CollideCircles(manifold,
|
||||
(b2CircleShape*)m_fixtureA->GetShape(), xfA,
|
||||
(b2CircleShape*)m_fixtureB->GetShape(), xfB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
|
||||
#define B2_CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2BlockAllocator;
|
||||
|
||||
class b2CircleContact : public b2Contact
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static b2Contact* Create( b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA,
|
||||
b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
|
||||
b2CircleContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB);
|
||||
~b2CircleContact() {}
|
||||
|
||||
void Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_CONTACT_SOLVER_H
|
||||
#define B2_CONTACT_SOLVER_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2TimeStep.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2Contact;
|
||||
class b2Body;
|
||||
class b2StackAllocator;
|
||||
struct b2ContactPositionConstraint;
|
||||
|
||||
struct b2VelocityConstraintPoint
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 rA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 rB;
|
||||
float32 normalImpulse;
|
||||
float32 tangentImpulse;
|
||||
float32 normalMass;
|
||||
float32 tangentMass;
|
||||
float32 velocityBias;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct b2ContactVelocityConstraint
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2VelocityConstraintPoint points[b2_maxManifoldPoints];
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal;
|
||||
b2Mat22 normalMass;
|
||||
b2Mat22 K;
|
||||
int32 indexA;
|
||||
int32 indexB;
|
||||
float32 invMassA, invMassB;
|
||||
float32 invIA, invIB;
|
||||
float32 friction;
|
||||
float32 restitution;
|
||||
float32 tangentSpeed;
|
||||
int32 pointCount;
|
||||
int32 contactIndex;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct b2ContactSolverDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2TimeStep step;
|
||||
b2Contact** contacts;
|
||||
int32 count;
|
||||
b2Position* positions;
|
||||
b2Velocity* velocities;
|
||||
b2StackAllocator* allocator;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class b2ContactSolver
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2ContactSolver(b2ContactSolverDef* def);
|
||||
~b2ContactSolver();
|
||||
|
||||
void InitializeVelocityConstraints();
|
||||
|
||||
void WarmStart();
|
||||
void SolveVelocityConstraints();
|
||||
void StoreImpulses();
|
||||
|
||||
bool SolvePositionConstraints();
|
||||
bool SolveTOIPositionConstraints(int32 toiIndexA, int32 toiIndexB);
|
||||
|
||||
b2TimeStep m_step;
|
||||
b2Position* m_positions;
|
||||
b2Velocity* m_velocities;
|
||||
b2StackAllocator* m_allocator;
|
||||
b2ContactPositionConstraint* m_positionConstraints;
|
||||
b2ContactVelocityConstraint* m_velocityConstraints;
|
||||
b2Contact** m_contacts;
|
||||
int m_count;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2010 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2EdgeAndCircleContact.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <new>
|
||||
|
||||
b2Contact* b2EdgeAndCircleContact::Create(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2EdgeAndCircleContact));
|
||||
return new (mem) b2EdgeAndCircleContact(fixtureA, fixtureB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2EdgeAndCircleContact::Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
|
||||
{
|
||||
((b2EdgeAndCircleContact*)contact)->~b2EdgeAndCircleContact();
|
||||
allocator->Free(contact, sizeof(b2EdgeAndCircleContact));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2EdgeAndCircleContact::b2EdgeAndCircleContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB)
|
||||
: b2Contact(fixtureA, 0, fixtureB, 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(m_fixtureA->GetType() == b2Shape::e_edge);
|
||||
b2Assert(m_fixtureB->GetType() == b2Shape::e_circle);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2EdgeAndCircleContact::Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2CollideEdgeAndCircle( manifold,
|
||||
(b2EdgeShape*)m_fixtureA->GetShape(), xfA,
|
||||
(b2CircleShape*)m_fixtureB->GetShape(), xfB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_EDGE_AND_CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
|
||||
#define B2_EDGE_AND_CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2BlockAllocator;
|
||||
|
||||
class b2EdgeAndCircleContact : public b2Contact
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static b2Contact* Create( b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA,
|
||||
b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
|
||||
b2EdgeAndCircleContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB);
|
||||
~b2EdgeAndCircleContact() {}
|
||||
|
||||
void Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2010 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2EdgeAndPolygonContact.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <new>
|
||||
|
||||
b2Contact* b2EdgeAndPolygonContact::Create(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2EdgeAndPolygonContact));
|
||||
return new (mem) b2EdgeAndPolygonContact(fixtureA, fixtureB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2EdgeAndPolygonContact::Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
|
||||
{
|
||||
((b2EdgeAndPolygonContact*)contact)->~b2EdgeAndPolygonContact();
|
||||
allocator->Free(contact, sizeof(b2EdgeAndPolygonContact));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2EdgeAndPolygonContact::b2EdgeAndPolygonContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB)
|
||||
: b2Contact(fixtureA, 0, fixtureB, 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(m_fixtureA->GetType() == b2Shape::e_edge);
|
||||
b2Assert(m_fixtureB->GetType() == b2Shape::e_polygon);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2EdgeAndPolygonContact::Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2CollideEdgeAndPolygon( manifold,
|
||||
(b2EdgeShape*)m_fixtureA->GetShape(), xfA,
|
||||
(b2PolygonShape*)m_fixtureB->GetShape(), xfB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_EDGE_AND_POLYGON_CONTACT_H
|
||||
#define B2_EDGE_AND_POLYGON_CONTACT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2BlockAllocator;
|
||||
|
||||
class b2EdgeAndPolygonContact : public b2Contact
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static b2Contact* Create( b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA,
|
||||
b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
|
||||
b2EdgeAndPolygonContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB);
|
||||
~b2EdgeAndPolygonContact() {}
|
||||
|
||||
void Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2PolygonAndCircleContact.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <new>
|
||||
|
||||
b2Contact* b2PolygonAndCircleContact::Create(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2PolygonAndCircleContact));
|
||||
return new (mem) b2PolygonAndCircleContact(fixtureA, fixtureB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2PolygonAndCircleContact::Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
|
||||
{
|
||||
((b2PolygonAndCircleContact*)contact)->~b2PolygonAndCircleContact();
|
||||
allocator->Free(contact, sizeof(b2PolygonAndCircleContact));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2PolygonAndCircleContact::b2PolygonAndCircleContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB)
|
||||
: b2Contact(fixtureA, 0, fixtureB, 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(m_fixtureA->GetType() == b2Shape::e_polygon);
|
||||
b2Assert(m_fixtureB->GetType() == b2Shape::e_circle);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2PolygonAndCircleContact::Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2CollidePolygonAndCircle( manifold,
|
||||
(b2PolygonShape*)m_fixtureA->GetShape(), xfA,
|
||||
(b2CircleShape*)m_fixtureB->GetShape(), xfB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_POLYGON_AND_CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
|
||||
#define B2_POLYGON_AND_CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2BlockAllocator;
|
||||
|
||||
class b2PolygonAndCircleContact : public b2Contact
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static b2Contact* Create(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
|
||||
b2PolygonAndCircleContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB);
|
||||
~b2PolygonAndCircleContact() {}
|
||||
|
||||
void Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2PolygonContact.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2TimeOfImpact.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2WorldCallbacks.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <new>
|
||||
|
||||
b2Contact* b2PolygonContact::Create(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2PolygonContact));
|
||||
return new (mem) b2PolygonContact(fixtureA, fixtureB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2PolygonContact::Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
|
||||
{
|
||||
((b2PolygonContact*)contact)->~b2PolygonContact();
|
||||
allocator->Free(contact, sizeof(b2PolygonContact));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2PolygonContact::b2PolygonContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB)
|
||||
: b2Contact(fixtureA, 0, fixtureB, 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(m_fixtureA->GetType() == b2Shape::e_polygon);
|
||||
b2Assert(m_fixtureB->GetType() == b2Shape::e_polygon);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2PolygonContact::Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2CollidePolygons( manifold,
|
||||
(b2PolygonShape*)m_fixtureA->GetShape(), xfA,
|
||||
(b2PolygonShape*)m_fixtureB->GetShape(), xfB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_POLYGON_CONTACT_H
|
||||
#define B2_POLYGON_CONTACT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2BlockAllocator;
|
||||
|
||||
class b2PolygonContact : public b2Contact
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static b2Contact* Create( b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA,
|
||||
b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
|
||||
b2PolygonContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB);
|
||||
~b2PolygonContact() {}
|
||||
|
||||
void Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,260 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2DistanceJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2TimeStep.h>
|
||||
|
||||
// 1-D constrained system
|
||||
// m (v2 - v1) = lambda
|
||||
// v2 + (beta/h) * x1 + gamma * lambda = 0, gamma has units of inverse mass.
|
||||
// x2 = x1 + h * v2
|
||||
|
||||
// 1-D mass-damper-spring system
|
||||
// m (v2 - v1) + h * d * v2 + h * k *
|
||||
|
||||
// C = norm(p2 - p1) - L
|
||||
// u = (p2 - p1) / norm(p2 - p1)
|
||||
// Cdot = dot(u, v2 + cross(w2, r2) - v1 - cross(w1, r1))
|
||||
// J = [-u -cross(r1, u) u cross(r2, u)]
|
||||
// K = J * invM * JT
|
||||
// = invMass1 + invI1 * cross(r1, u)^2 + invMass2 + invI2 * cross(r2, u)^2
|
||||
|
||||
void b2DistanceJointDef::Initialize(b2Body* b1, b2Body* b2,
|
||||
const b2Vec2& anchor1, const b2Vec2& anchor2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bodyA = b1;
|
||||
bodyB = b2;
|
||||
localAnchorA = bodyA->GetLocalPoint(anchor1);
|
||||
localAnchorB = bodyB->GetLocalPoint(anchor2);
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = anchor2 - anchor1;
|
||||
length = d.Length();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2DistanceJoint::b2DistanceJoint(const b2DistanceJointDef* def)
|
||||
: b2Joint(def)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_localAnchorA = def->localAnchorA;
|
||||
m_localAnchorB = def->localAnchorB;
|
||||
m_length = def->length;
|
||||
m_frequencyHz = def->frequencyHz;
|
||||
m_dampingRatio = def->dampingRatio;
|
||||
m_impulse = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_gamma = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_bias = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2DistanceJoint::InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_indexA = m_bodyA->m_islandIndex;
|
||||
m_indexB = m_bodyB->m_islandIndex;
|
||||
m_localCenterA = m_bodyA->m_sweep.localCenter;
|
||||
m_localCenterB = m_bodyB->m_sweep.localCenter;
|
||||
m_invMassA = m_bodyA->m_invMass;
|
||||
m_invMassB = m_bodyB->m_invMass;
|
||||
m_invIA = m_bodyA->m_invI;
|
||||
m_invIB = m_bodyB->m_invI;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 cA = data.positions[m_indexA].c;
|
||||
float32 aA = data.positions[m_indexA].a;
|
||||
b2Vec2 vA = data.velocities[m_indexA].v;
|
||||
float32 wA = data.velocities[m_indexA].w;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 cB = data.positions[m_indexB].c;
|
||||
float32 aB = data.positions[m_indexB].a;
|
||||
b2Vec2 vB = data.velocities[m_indexB].v;
|
||||
float32 wB = data.velocities[m_indexB].w;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Rot qA(aA), qB(aB);
|
||||
|
||||
m_rA = b2Mul(qA, m_localAnchorA - m_localCenterA);
|
||||
m_rB = b2Mul(qB, m_localAnchorB - m_localCenterB);
|
||||
m_u = cB + m_rB - cA - m_rA;
|
||||
|
||||
// Handle singularity.
|
||||
float32 length = m_u.Length();
|
||||
if (length > b2_linearSlop)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_u *= 1.0f / length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_u.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 crAu = b2Cross(m_rA, m_u);
|
||||
float32 crBu = b2Cross(m_rB, m_u);
|
||||
float32 invMass = m_invMassA + m_invIA * crAu * crAu + m_invMassB + m_invIB * crBu * crBu;
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute the effective mass matrix.
|
||||
m_mass = invMass != 0.0f ? 1.0f / invMass : 0.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_frequencyHz > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 C = length - m_length;
|
||||
|
||||
// Frequency
|
||||
float32 omega = 2.0f * b2_pi * m_frequencyHz;
|
||||
|
||||
// Damping coefficient
|
||||
float32 d = 2.0f * m_mass * m_dampingRatio * omega;
|
||||
|
||||
// Spring stiffness
|
||||
float32 k = m_mass * omega * omega;
|
||||
|
||||
// magic formulas
|
||||
float32 h = data.step.dt;
|
||||
m_gamma = h * (d + h * k);
|
||||
m_gamma = m_gamma != 0.0f ? 1.0f / m_gamma : 0.0f;
|
||||
m_bias = C * h * k * m_gamma;
|
||||
|
||||
invMass += m_gamma;
|
||||
m_mass = invMass != 0.0f ? 1.0f / invMass : 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_gamma = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_bias = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (data.step.warmStarting)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Scale the impulse to support a variable time step.
|
||||
m_impulse *= data.step.dtRatio;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 P = m_impulse * m_u;
|
||||
vA -= m_invMassA * P;
|
||||
wA -= m_invIA * b2Cross(m_rA, P);
|
||||
vB += m_invMassB * P;
|
||||
wB += m_invIB * b2Cross(m_rB, P);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_impulse = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexA].v = vA;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexA].w = wA;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexB].v = vB;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexB].w = wB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2DistanceJoint::SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 vA = data.velocities[m_indexA].v;
|
||||
float32 wA = data.velocities[m_indexA].w;
|
||||
b2Vec2 vB = data.velocities[m_indexB].v;
|
||||
float32 wB = data.velocities[m_indexB].w;
|
||||
|
||||
// Cdot = dot(u, v + cross(w, r))
|
||||
b2Vec2 vpA = vA + b2Cross(wA, m_rA);
|
||||
b2Vec2 vpB = vB + b2Cross(wB, m_rB);
|
||||
float32 Cdot = b2Dot(m_u, vpB - vpA);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 impulse = -m_mass * (Cdot + m_bias + m_gamma * m_impulse);
|
||||
m_impulse += impulse;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 P = impulse * m_u;
|
||||
vA -= m_invMassA * P;
|
||||
wA -= m_invIA * b2Cross(m_rA, P);
|
||||
vB += m_invMassB * P;
|
||||
wB += m_invIB * b2Cross(m_rB, P);
|
||||
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexA].v = vA;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexA].w = wA;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexB].v = vB;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexB].w = wB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool b2DistanceJoint::SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_frequencyHz > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// There is no position correction for soft distance constraints.
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 cA = data.positions[m_indexA].c;
|
||||
float32 aA = data.positions[m_indexA].a;
|
||||
b2Vec2 cB = data.positions[m_indexB].c;
|
||||
float32 aB = data.positions[m_indexB].a;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Rot qA(aA), qB(aB);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 rA = b2Mul(qA, m_localAnchorA - m_localCenterA);
|
||||
b2Vec2 rB = b2Mul(qB, m_localAnchorB - m_localCenterB);
|
||||
b2Vec2 u = cB + rB - cA - rA;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 length = u.Normalize();
|
||||
float32 C = length - m_length;
|
||||
C = b2Clamp(C, -b2_maxLinearCorrection, b2_maxLinearCorrection);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 impulse = -m_mass * C;
|
||||
b2Vec2 P = impulse * u;
|
||||
|
||||
cA -= m_invMassA * P;
|
||||
aA -= m_invIA * b2Cross(rA, P);
|
||||
cB += m_invMassB * P;
|
||||
aB += m_invIB * b2Cross(rB, P);
|
||||
|
||||
data.positions[m_indexA].c = cA;
|
||||
data.positions[m_indexA].a = aA;
|
||||
data.positions[m_indexB].c = cB;
|
||||
data.positions[m_indexB].a = aB;
|
||||
|
||||
return b2Abs(C) < b2_linearSlop;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 b2DistanceJoint::GetAnchorA() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_bodyA->GetWorldPoint(m_localAnchorA);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 b2DistanceJoint::GetAnchorB() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_bodyB->GetWorldPoint(m_localAnchorB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 b2DistanceJoint::GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 F = (inv_dt * m_impulse) * m_u;
|
||||
return F;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 b2DistanceJoint::GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
B2_NOT_USED(inv_dt);
|
||||
return 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2DistanceJoint::Dump()
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 indexA = m_bodyA->m_islandIndex;
|
||||
int32 indexB = m_bodyB->m_islandIndex;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Log(" b2DistanceJointDef jd;\n");
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.bodyA = bodies[%d];\n", indexA);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.bodyB = bodies[%d];\n", indexB);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.collideConnected = bool(%d);\n", m_collideConnected);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.localAnchorA.Set(%.15lef, %.15lef);\n", m_localAnchorA.x, m_localAnchorA.y);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.localAnchorB.Set(%.15lef, %.15lef);\n", m_localAnchorB.x, m_localAnchorB.y);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.length = %.15lef;\n", m_length);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.frequencyHz = %.15lef;\n", m_frequencyHz);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.dampingRatio = %.15lef;\n", m_dampingRatio);
|
||||
b2Log(" joints[%d] = m_world->CreateJoint(&jd);\n", m_index);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_DISTANCE_JOINT_H
|
||||
#define B2_DISTANCE_JOINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Distance joint definition. This requires defining an
|
||||
/// anchor point on both bodies and the non-zero length of the
|
||||
/// distance joint. The definition uses local anchor points
|
||||
/// so that the initial configuration can violate the constraint
|
||||
/// slightly. This helps when saving and loading a game.
|
||||
/// @warning Do not use a zero or short length.
|
||||
struct b2DistanceJointDef : public b2JointDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2DistanceJointDef()
|
||||
{
|
||||
type = e_distanceJoint;
|
||||
localAnchorA.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
localAnchorB.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
length = 1.0f;
|
||||
frequencyHz = 0.0f;
|
||||
dampingRatio = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize the bodies, anchors, and length using the world
|
||||
/// anchors.
|
||||
void Initialize(b2Body* bodyA, b2Body* bodyB,
|
||||
const b2Vec2& anchorA, const b2Vec2& anchorB);
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAnchorA;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAnchorB;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The natural length between the anchor points.
|
||||
float32 length;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The mass-spring-damper frequency in Hertz. A value of 0
|
||||
/// disables softness.
|
||||
float32 frequencyHz;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The damping ratio. 0 = no damping, 1 = critical damping.
|
||||
float32 dampingRatio;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A distance joint constrains two points on two bodies
|
||||
/// to remain at a fixed distance from each other. You can view
|
||||
/// this as a massless, rigid rod.
|
||||
class b2DistanceJoint : public b2Joint
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the reaction force given the inverse time step.
|
||||
/// Unit is N.
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the reaction torque given the inverse time step.
|
||||
/// Unit is N*m. This is always zero for a distance joint.
|
||||
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorA() const { return m_localAnchorA; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorB() const { return m_localAnchorB; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/get the natural length.
|
||||
/// Manipulating the length can lead to non-physical behavior when the frequency is zero.
|
||||
void SetLength(float32 length);
|
||||
float32 GetLength() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/get frequency in Hz.
|
||||
void SetFrequency(float32 hz);
|
||||
float32 GetFrequency() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/get damping ratio.
|
||||
void SetDampingRatio(float32 ratio);
|
||||
float32 GetDampingRatio() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Dump joint to dmLog
|
||||
void Dump();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
friend class b2Joint;
|
||||
b2DistanceJoint(const b2DistanceJointDef* data);
|
||||
|
||||
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_frequencyHz;
|
||||
float32 m_dampingRatio;
|
||||
float32 m_bias;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver shared
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
|
||||
float32 m_gamma;
|
||||
float32 m_impulse;
|
||||
float32 m_length;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver temp
|
||||
int32 m_indexA;
|
||||
int32 m_indexB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_u;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_rA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_rB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassA;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassB;
|
||||
float32 m_invIA;
|
||||
float32 m_invIB;
|
||||
float32 m_mass;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2DistanceJoint::SetLength(float32 length)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_length = length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2DistanceJoint::GetLength() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2DistanceJoint::SetFrequency(float32 hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_frequencyHz = hz;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2DistanceJoint::GetFrequency() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_frequencyHz;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2DistanceJoint::SetDampingRatio(float32 ratio)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_dampingRatio = ratio;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2DistanceJoint::GetDampingRatio() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_dampingRatio;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_FRICTION_JOINT_H
|
||||
#define B2_FRICTION_JOINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Friction joint definition.
|
||||
struct b2FrictionJointDef : public b2JointDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2FrictionJointDef()
|
||||
{
|
||||
type = e_frictionJoint;
|
||||
localAnchorA.SetZero();
|
||||
localAnchorB.SetZero();
|
||||
maxForce = 0.0f;
|
||||
maxTorque = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize the bodies, anchors, axis, and reference angle using the world
|
||||
/// anchor and world axis.
|
||||
void Initialize(b2Body* bodyA, b2Body* bodyB, const b2Vec2& anchor);
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAnchorA;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAnchorB;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum friction force in N.
|
||||
float32 maxForce;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum friction torque in N-m.
|
||||
float32 maxTorque;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Friction joint. This is used for top-down friction.
|
||||
/// It provides 2D translational friction and angular friction.
|
||||
class b2FrictionJoint : public b2Joint
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorA() const { return m_localAnchorA; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorB() const { return m_localAnchorB; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the maximum friction force in N.
|
||||
void SetMaxForce(float32 force);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the maximum friction force in N.
|
||||
float32 GetMaxForce() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the maximum friction torque in N*m.
|
||||
void SetMaxTorque(float32 torque);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the maximum friction torque in N*m.
|
||||
float32 GetMaxTorque() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Dump joint to dmLog
|
||||
void Dump();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
friend class b2Joint;
|
||||
|
||||
b2FrictionJoint(const b2FrictionJointDef* def);
|
||||
|
||||
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver shared
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_linearImpulse;
|
||||
float32 m_angularImpulse;
|
||||
float32 m_maxForce;
|
||||
float32 m_maxTorque;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver temp
|
||||
int32 m_indexA;
|
||||
int32 m_indexB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_rA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_rB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassA;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassB;
|
||||
float32 m_invIA;
|
||||
float32 m_invIB;
|
||||
b2Mat22 m_linearMass;
|
||||
float32 m_angularMass;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_GEAR_JOINT_H
|
||||
#define B2_GEAR_JOINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Gear joint definition. This definition requires two existing
|
||||
/// revolute or prismatic joints (any combination will work).
|
||||
struct b2GearJointDef : public b2JointDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2GearJointDef()
|
||||
{
|
||||
type = e_gearJoint;
|
||||
joint1 = NULL;
|
||||
joint2 = NULL;
|
||||
ratio = 1.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The first revolute/prismatic joint attached to the gear joint.
|
||||
b2Joint* joint1;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The second revolute/prismatic joint attached to the gear joint.
|
||||
b2Joint* joint2;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The gear ratio.
|
||||
/// @see b2GearJoint for explanation.
|
||||
float32 ratio;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A gear joint is used to connect two joints together. Either joint
|
||||
/// can be a revolute or prismatic joint. You specify a gear ratio
|
||||
/// to bind the motions together:
|
||||
/// coordinate1 + ratio * coordinate2 = constant
|
||||
/// The ratio can be negative or positive. If one joint is a revolute joint
|
||||
/// and the other joint is a prismatic joint, then the ratio will have units
|
||||
/// of length or units of 1/length.
|
||||
/// @warning You have to manually destroy the gear joint if joint1 or joint2
|
||||
/// is destroyed.
|
||||
class b2GearJoint : public b2Joint
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the first joint.
|
||||
b2Joint* GetJoint1() { return m_joint1; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the second joint.
|
||||
b2Joint* GetJoint2() { return m_joint2; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/Get the gear ratio.
|
||||
void SetRatio(float32 ratio);
|
||||
float32 GetRatio() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Dump joint to dmLog
|
||||
void Dump();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
friend class b2Joint;
|
||||
b2GearJoint(const b2GearJointDef* data);
|
||||
|
||||
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Joint* m_joint1;
|
||||
b2Joint* m_joint2;
|
||||
|
||||
b2JointType m_typeA;
|
||||
b2JointType m_typeB;
|
||||
|
||||
// Body A is connected to body C
|
||||
// Body B is connected to body D
|
||||
b2Body* m_bodyC;
|
||||
b2Body* m_bodyD;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver shared
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorC;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorD;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAxisC;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAxisD;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_referenceAngleA;
|
||||
float32 m_referenceAngleB;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_constant;
|
||||
float32 m_ratio;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_impulse;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver temp
|
||||
int32 m_indexA, m_indexB, m_indexC, m_indexD;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_lcA, m_lcB, m_lcC, m_lcD;
|
||||
float32 m_mA, m_mB, m_mC, m_mD;
|
||||
float32 m_iA, m_iB, m_iC, m_iD;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_JvAC, m_JvBD;
|
||||
float32 m_JwA, m_JwB, m_JwC, m_JwD;
|
||||
float32 m_mass;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,211 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2DistanceJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2WheelJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2MouseJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2RevoluteJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2PrismaticJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2PulleyJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2GearJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2WeldJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2FrictionJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2RopeJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2MotorJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2World.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <new>
|
||||
|
||||
b2Joint* b2Joint::Create(const b2JointDef* def, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Joint* joint = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (def->type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case e_distanceJoint:
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2DistanceJoint));
|
||||
joint = new (mem) b2DistanceJoint(static_cast<const b2DistanceJointDef*>(def));
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case e_mouseJoint:
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2MouseJoint));
|
||||
joint = new (mem) b2MouseJoint(static_cast<const b2MouseJointDef*>(def));
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case e_prismaticJoint:
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2PrismaticJoint));
|
||||
joint = new (mem) b2PrismaticJoint(static_cast<const b2PrismaticJointDef*>(def));
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case e_revoluteJoint:
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2RevoluteJoint));
|
||||
joint = new (mem) b2RevoluteJoint(static_cast<const b2RevoluteJointDef*>(def));
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case e_pulleyJoint:
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2PulleyJoint));
|
||||
joint = new (mem) b2PulleyJoint(static_cast<const b2PulleyJointDef*>(def));
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case e_gearJoint:
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2GearJoint));
|
||||
joint = new (mem) b2GearJoint(static_cast<const b2GearJointDef*>(def));
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case e_wheelJoint:
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2WheelJoint));
|
||||
joint = new (mem) b2WheelJoint(static_cast<const b2WheelJointDef*>(def));
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case e_weldJoint:
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2WeldJoint));
|
||||
joint = new (mem) b2WeldJoint(static_cast<const b2WeldJointDef*>(def));
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case e_frictionJoint:
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2FrictionJoint));
|
||||
joint = new (mem) b2FrictionJoint(static_cast<const b2FrictionJointDef*>(def));
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case e_ropeJoint:
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2RopeJoint));
|
||||
joint = new (mem) b2RopeJoint(static_cast<const b2RopeJointDef*>(def));
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case e_motorJoint:
|
||||
{
|
||||
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2MotorJoint));
|
||||
joint = new (mem) b2MotorJoint(static_cast<const b2MotorJointDef*>(def));
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
b2Assert(false);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return joint;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2Joint::Destroy(b2Joint* joint, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
|
||||
{
|
||||
joint->~b2Joint();
|
||||
switch (joint->m_type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case e_distanceJoint:
|
||||
allocator->Free(joint, sizeof(b2DistanceJoint));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case e_mouseJoint:
|
||||
allocator->Free(joint, sizeof(b2MouseJoint));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case e_prismaticJoint:
|
||||
allocator->Free(joint, sizeof(b2PrismaticJoint));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case e_revoluteJoint:
|
||||
allocator->Free(joint, sizeof(b2RevoluteJoint));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case e_pulleyJoint:
|
||||
allocator->Free(joint, sizeof(b2PulleyJoint));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case e_gearJoint:
|
||||
allocator->Free(joint, sizeof(b2GearJoint));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case e_wheelJoint:
|
||||
allocator->Free(joint, sizeof(b2WheelJoint));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case e_weldJoint:
|
||||
allocator->Free(joint, sizeof(b2WeldJoint));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case e_frictionJoint:
|
||||
allocator->Free(joint, sizeof(b2FrictionJoint));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case e_ropeJoint:
|
||||
allocator->Free(joint, sizeof(b2RopeJoint));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case e_motorJoint:
|
||||
allocator->Free(joint, sizeof(b2MotorJoint));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
b2Assert(false);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Joint::b2Joint(const b2JointDef* def)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(def->bodyA != def->bodyB);
|
||||
|
||||
m_type = def->type;
|
||||
m_prev = NULL;
|
||||
m_next = NULL;
|
||||
m_bodyA = def->bodyA;
|
||||
m_bodyB = def->bodyB;
|
||||
m_index = 0;
|
||||
m_collideConnected = def->collideConnected;
|
||||
m_islandFlag = false;
|
||||
m_userData = def->userData;
|
||||
|
||||
m_edgeA.joint = NULL;
|
||||
m_edgeA.other = NULL;
|
||||
m_edgeA.prev = NULL;
|
||||
m_edgeA.next = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
m_edgeB.joint = NULL;
|
||||
m_edgeB.other = NULL;
|
||||
m_edgeB.prev = NULL;
|
||||
m_edgeB.next = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool b2Joint::IsActive() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_bodyA->IsActive() && m_bodyB->IsActive();
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_MOTOR_JOINT_H
|
||||
#define B2_MOTOR_JOINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Motor joint definition.
|
||||
struct b2MotorJointDef : public b2JointDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2MotorJointDef()
|
||||
{
|
||||
type = e_motorJoint;
|
||||
linearOffset.SetZero();
|
||||
angularOffset = 0.0f;
|
||||
maxForce = 1.0f;
|
||||
maxTorque = 1.0f;
|
||||
correctionFactor = 0.3f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize the bodies and offsets using the current transforms.
|
||||
void Initialize(b2Body* bodyA, b2Body* bodyB);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Position of bodyB minus the position of bodyA, in bodyA's frame, in meters.
|
||||
b2Vec2 linearOffset;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The bodyB angle minus bodyA angle in radians.
|
||||
float32 angularOffset;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum motor force in N.
|
||||
float32 maxForce;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum motor torque in N-m.
|
||||
float32 maxTorque;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Position correction factor in the range [0,1].
|
||||
float32 correctionFactor;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A motor joint is used to control the relative motion
|
||||
/// between two bodies. A typical usage is to control the movement
|
||||
/// of a dynamic body with respect to the ground.
|
||||
class b2MotorJoint : public b2Joint
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/get the target linear offset, in frame A, in meters.
|
||||
void SetLinearOffset(const b2Vec2& linearOffset);
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLinearOffset() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/get the target angular offset, in radians.
|
||||
void SetAngularOffset(float32 angularOffset);
|
||||
float32 GetAngularOffset() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the maximum friction force in N.
|
||||
void SetMaxForce(float32 force);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the maximum friction force in N.
|
||||
float32 GetMaxForce() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the maximum friction torque in N*m.
|
||||
void SetMaxTorque(float32 torque);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the maximum friction torque in N*m.
|
||||
float32 GetMaxTorque() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the position correction factor in the range [0,1].
|
||||
void SetCorrectionFactor(float32 factor);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the position correction factor in the range [0,1].
|
||||
float32 GetCorrectionFactor() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Dump to b2Log
|
||||
void Dump();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
friend class b2Joint;
|
||||
|
||||
b2MotorJoint(const b2MotorJointDef* def);
|
||||
|
||||
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver shared
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_linearOffset;
|
||||
float32 m_angularOffset;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_linearImpulse;
|
||||
float32 m_angularImpulse;
|
||||
float32 m_maxForce;
|
||||
float32 m_maxTorque;
|
||||
float32 m_correctionFactor;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver temp
|
||||
int32 m_indexA;
|
||||
int32 m_indexB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_rA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_rB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_linearError;
|
||||
float32 m_angularError;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassA;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassB;
|
||||
float32 m_invIA;
|
||||
float32 m_invIB;
|
||||
b2Mat22 m_linearMass;
|
||||
float32 m_angularMass;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_MOUSE_JOINT_H
|
||||
#define B2_MOUSE_JOINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Mouse joint definition. This requires a world target point,
|
||||
/// tuning parameters, and the time step.
|
||||
struct b2MouseJointDef : public b2JointDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2MouseJointDef()
|
||||
{
|
||||
type = e_mouseJoint;
|
||||
target.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
maxForce = 0.0f;
|
||||
frequencyHz = 5.0f;
|
||||
dampingRatio = 0.7f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The initial world target point. This is assumed
|
||||
/// to coincide with the body anchor initially.
|
||||
b2Vec2 target;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum constraint force that can be exerted
|
||||
/// to move the candidate body. Usually you will express
|
||||
/// as some multiple of the weight (multiplier * mass * gravity).
|
||||
float32 maxForce;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The response speed.
|
||||
float32 frequencyHz;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The damping ratio. 0 = no damping, 1 = critical damping.
|
||||
float32 dampingRatio;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A mouse joint is used to make a point on a body track a
|
||||
/// specified world point. This a soft constraint with a maximum
|
||||
/// force. This allows the constraint to stretch and without
|
||||
/// applying huge forces.
|
||||
/// NOTE: this joint is not documented in the manual because it was
|
||||
/// developed to be used in the testbed. If you want to learn how to
|
||||
/// use the mouse joint, look at the testbed.
|
||||
class b2MouseJoint : public b2Joint
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implements b2Joint.
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implements b2Joint.
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implements b2Joint.
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implements b2Joint.
|
||||
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Use this to update the target point.
|
||||
void SetTarget(const b2Vec2& target);
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetTarget() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/get the maximum force in Newtons.
|
||||
void SetMaxForce(float32 force);
|
||||
float32 GetMaxForce() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/get the frequency in Hertz.
|
||||
void SetFrequency(float32 hz);
|
||||
float32 GetFrequency() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/get the damping ratio (dimensionless).
|
||||
void SetDampingRatio(float32 ratio);
|
||||
float32 GetDampingRatio() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The mouse joint does not support dumping.
|
||||
void Dump() { b2Log("Mouse joint dumping is not supported.\n"); }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Joint::ShiftOrigin
|
||||
void ShiftOrigin(const b2Vec2& newOrigin);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
friend class b2Joint;
|
||||
|
||||
b2MouseJoint(const b2MouseJointDef* def);
|
||||
|
||||
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_targetA;
|
||||
float32 m_frequencyHz;
|
||||
float32 m_dampingRatio;
|
||||
float32 m_beta;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver shared
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_impulse;
|
||||
float32 m_maxForce;
|
||||
float32 m_gamma;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver temp
|
||||
int32 m_indexA;
|
||||
int32 m_indexB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_rB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassB;
|
||||
float32 m_invIB;
|
||||
b2Mat22 m_mass;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_C;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,629 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2PrismaticJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2TimeStep.h>
|
||||
|
||||
// Linear constraint (point-to-line)
|
||||
// d = p2 - p1 = x2 + r2 - x1 - r1
|
||||
// C = dot(perp, d)
|
||||
// Cdot = dot(d, cross(w1, perp)) + dot(perp, v2 + cross(w2, r2) - v1 - cross(w1, r1))
|
||||
// = -dot(perp, v1) - dot(cross(d + r1, perp), w1) + dot(perp, v2) + dot(cross(r2, perp), v2)
|
||||
// J = [-perp, -cross(d + r1, perp), perp, cross(r2,perp)]
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Angular constraint
|
||||
// C = a2 - a1 + a_initial
|
||||
// Cdot = w2 - w1
|
||||
// J = [0 0 -1 0 0 1]
|
||||
//
|
||||
// K = J * invM * JT
|
||||
//
|
||||
// J = [-a -s1 a s2]
|
||||
// [0 -1 0 1]
|
||||
// a = perp
|
||||
// s1 = cross(d + r1, a) = cross(p2 - x1, a)
|
||||
// s2 = cross(r2, a) = cross(p2 - x2, a)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Motor/Limit linear constraint
|
||||
// C = dot(ax1, d)
|
||||
// Cdot = = -dot(ax1, v1) - dot(cross(d + r1, ax1), w1) + dot(ax1, v2) + dot(cross(r2, ax1), v2)
|
||||
// J = [-ax1 -cross(d+r1,ax1) ax1 cross(r2,ax1)]
|
||||
|
||||
// Block Solver
|
||||
// We develop a block solver that includes the joint limit. This makes the limit stiff (inelastic) even
|
||||
// when the mass has poor distribution (leading to large torques about the joint anchor points).
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The Jacobian has 3 rows:
|
||||
// J = [-uT -s1 uT s2] // linear
|
||||
// [0 -1 0 1] // angular
|
||||
// [-vT -a1 vT a2] // limit
|
||||
//
|
||||
// u = perp
|
||||
// v = axis
|
||||
// s1 = cross(d + r1, u), s2 = cross(r2, u)
|
||||
// a1 = cross(d + r1, v), a2 = cross(r2, v)
|
||||
|
||||
// M * (v2 - v1) = JT * df
|
||||
// J * v2 = bias
|
||||
//
|
||||
// v2 = v1 + invM * JT * df
|
||||
// J * (v1 + invM * JT * df) = bias
|
||||
// K * df = bias - J * v1 = -Cdot
|
||||
// K = J * invM * JT
|
||||
// Cdot = J * v1 - bias
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Now solve for f2.
|
||||
// df = f2 - f1
|
||||
// K * (f2 - f1) = -Cdot
|
||||
// f2 = invK * (-Cdot) + f1
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Clamp accumulated limit impulse.
|
||||
// lower: f2(3) = max(f2(3), 0)
|
||||
// upper: f2(3) = min(f2(3), 0)
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Solve for correct f2(1:2)
|
||||
// K(1:2, 1:2) * f2(1:2) = -Cdot(1:2) - K(1:2,3) * f2(3) + K(1:2,1:3) * f1
|
||||
// = -Cdot(1:2) - K(1:2,3) * f2(3) + K(1:2,1:2) * f1(1:2) + K(1:2,3) * f1(3)
|
||||
// K(1:2, 1:2) * f2(1:2) = -Cdot(1:2) - K(1:2,3) * (f2(3) - f1(3)) + K(1:2,1:2) * f1(1:2)
|
||||
// f2(1:2) = invK(1:2,1:2) * (-Cdot(1:2) - K(1:2,3) * (f2(3) - f1(3))) + f1(1:2)
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Now compute impulse to be applied:
|
||||
// df = f2 - f1
|
||||
|
||||
void b2PrismaticJointDef::Initialize(b2Body* bA, b2Body* bB, const b2Vec2& anchor, const b2Vec2& axis)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bodyA = bA;
|
||||
bodyB = bB;
|
||||
localAnchorA = bodyA->GetLocalPoint(anchor);
|
||||
localAnchorB = bodyB->GetLocalPoint(anchor);
|
||||
localAxisA = bodyA->GetLocalVector(axis);
|
||||
referenceAngle = bodyB->GetAngle() - bodyA->GetAngle();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2PrismaticJoint::b2PrismaticJoint(const b2PrismaticJointDef* def)
|
||||
: b2Joint(def)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_localAnchorA = def->localAnchorA;
|
||||
m_localAnchorB = def->localAnchorB;
|
||||
m_localXAxisA = def->localAxisA;
|
||||
m_localXAxisA.Normalize();
|
||||
m_localYAxisA = b2Cross(1.0f, m_localXAxisA);
|
||||
m_referenceAngle = def->referenceAngle;
|
||||
|
||||
m_impulse.SetZero();
|
||||
m_motorMass = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_motorImpulse = 0.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
m_lowerTranslation = def->lowerTranslation;
|
||||
m_upperTranslation = def->upperTranslation;
|
||||
m_maxMotorForce = def->maxMotorForce;
|
||||
m_motorSpeed = def->motorSpeed;
|
||||
m_enableLimit = def->enableLimit;
|
||||
m_enableMotor = def->enableMotor;
|
||||
m_limitState = e_inactiveLimit;
|
||||
|
||||
m_axis.SetZero();
|
||||
m_perp.SetZero();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2PrismaticJoint::InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_indexA = m_bodyA->m_islandIndex;
|
||||
m_indexB = m_bodyB->m_islandIndex;
|
||||
m_localCenterA = m_bodyA->m_sweep.localCenter;
|
||||
m_localCenterB = m_bodyB->m_sweep.localCenter;
|
||||
m_invMassA = m_bodyA->m_invMass;
|
||||
m_invMassB = m_bodyB->m_invMass;
|
||||
m_invIA = m_bodyA->m_invI;
|
||||
m_invIB = m_bodyB->m_invI;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 cA = data.positions[m_indexA].c;
|
||||
float32 aA = data.positions[m_indexA].a;
|
||||
b2Vec2 vA = data.velocities[m_indexA].v;
|
||||
float32 wA = data.velocities[m_indexA].w;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 cB = data.positions[m_indexB].c;
|
||||
float32 aB = data.positions[m_indexB].a;
|
||||
b2Vec2 vB = data.velocities[m_indexB].v;
|
||||
float32 wB = data.velocities[m_indexB].w;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Rot qA(aA), qB(aB);
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute the effective masses.
|
||||
b2Vec2 rA = b2Mul(qA, m_localAnchorA - m_localCenterA);
|
||||
b2Vec2 rB = b2Mul(qB, m_localAnchorB - m_localCenterB);
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = (cB - cA) + rB - rA;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 mA = m_invMassA, mB = m_invMassB;
|
||||
float32 iA = m_invIA, iB = m_invIB;
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute motor Jacobian and effective mass.
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_axis = b2Mul(qA, m_localXAxisA);
|
||||
m_a1 = b2Cross(d + rA, m_axis);
|
||||
m_a2 = b2Cross(rB, m_axis);
|
||||
|
||||
m_motorMass = mA + mB + iA * m_a1 * m_a1 + iB * m_a2 * m_a2;
|
||||
if (m_motorMass > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_motorMass = 1.0f / m_motorMass;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Prismatic constraint.
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_perp = b2Mul(qA, m_localYAxisA);
|
||||
|
||||
m_s1 = b2Cross(d + rA, m_perp);
|
||||
m_s2 = b2Cross(rB, m_perp);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 s1test;
|
||||
s1test = b2Cross(rA, m_perp);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 k11 = mA + mB + iA * m_s1 * m_s1 + iB * m_s2 * m_s2;
|
||||
float32 k12 = iA * m_s1 + iB * m_s2;
|
||||
float32 k13 = iA * m_s1 * m_a1 + iB * m_s2 * m_a2;
|
||||
float32 k22 = iA + iB;
|
||||
if (k22 == 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// For bodies with fixed rotation.
|
||||
k22 = 1.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
float32 k23 = iA * m_a1 + iB * m_a2;
|
||||
float32 k33 = mA + mB + iA * m_a1 * m_a1 + iB * m_a2 * m_a2;
|
||||
|
||||
m_K.ex.Set(k11, k12, k13);
|
||||
m_K.ey.Set(k12, k22, k23);
|
||||
m_K.ez.Set(k13, k23, k33);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute motor and limit terms.
|
||||
if (m_enableLimit)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 jointTranslation = b2Dot(m_axis, d);
|
||||
if (b2Abs(m_upperTranslation - m_lowerTranslation) < 2.0f * b2_linearSlop)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_limitState = e_equalLimits;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (jointTranslation <= m_lowerTranslation)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_limitState != e_atLowerLimit)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_limitState = e_atLowerLimit;
|
||||
m_impulse.z = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (jointTranslation >= m_upperTranslation)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_limitState != e_atUpperLimit)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_limitState = e_atUpperLimit;
|
||||
m_impulse.z = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_limitState = e_inactiveLimit;
|
||||
m_impulse.z = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_limitState = e_inactiveLimit;
|
||||
m_impulse.z = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_enableMotor == false)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_motorImpulse = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (data.step.warmStarting)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Account for variable time step.
|
||||
m_impulse *= data.step.dtRatio;
|
||||
m_motorImpulse *= data.step.dtRatio;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 P = m_impulse.x * m_perp + (m_motorImpulse + m_impulse.z) * m_axis;
|
||||
float32 LA = m_impulse.x * m_s1 + m_impulse.y + (m_motorImpulse + m_impulse.z) * m_a1;
|
||||
float32 LB = m_impulse.x * m_s2 + m_impulse.y + (m_motorImpulse + m_impulse.z) * m_a2;
|
||||
|
||||
vA -= mA * P;
|
||||
wA -= iA * LA;
|
||||
|
||||
vB += mB * P;
|
||||
wB += iB * LB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_impulse.SetZero();
|
||||
m_motorImpulse = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexA].v = vA;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexA].w = wA;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexB].v = vB;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexB].w = wB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2PrismaticJoint::SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 vA = data.velocities[m_indexA].v;
|
||||
float32 wA = data.velocities[m_indexA].w;
|
||||
b2Vec2 vB = data.velocities[m_indexB].v;
|
||||
float32 wB = data.velocities[m_indexB].w;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 mA = m_invMassA, mB = m_invMassB;
|
||||
float32 iA = m_invIA, iB = m_invIB;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solve linear motor constraint.
|
||||
if (m_enableMotor && m_limitState != e_equalLimits)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 Cdot = b2Dot(m_axis, vB - vA) + m_a2 * wB - m_a1 * wA;
|
||||
float32 impulse = m_motorMass * (m_motorSpeed - Cdot);
|
||||
float32 oldImpulse = m_motorImpulse;
|
||||
float32 maxImpulse = data.step.dt * m_maxMotorForce;
|
||||
m_motorImpulse = b2Clamp(m_motorImpulse + impulse, -maxImpulse, maxImpulse);
|
||||
impulse = m_motorImpulse - oldImpulse;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 P = impulse * m_axis;
|
||||
float32 LA = impulse * m_a1;
|
||||
float32 LB = impulse * m_a2;
|
||||
|
||||
vA -= mA * P;
|
||||
wA -= iA * LA;
|
||||
|
||||
vB += mB * P;
|
||||
wB += iB * LB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 Cdot1;
|
||||
Cdot1.x = b2Dot(m_perp, vB - vA) + m_s2 * wB - m_s1 * wA;
|
||||
Cdot1.y = wB - wA;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_enableLimit && m_limitState != e_inactiveLimit)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Solve prismatic and limit constraint in block form.
|
||||
float32 Cdot2;
|
||||
Cdot2 = b2Dot(m_axis, vB - vA) + m_a2 * wB - m_a1 * wA;
|
||||
b2Vec3 Cdot(Cdot1.x, Cdot1.y, Cdot2);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec3 f1 = m_impulse;
|
||||
b2Vec3 df = m_K.Solve33(-Cdot);
|
||||
m_impulse += df;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_limitState == e_atLowerLimit)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_impulse.z = b2Max(m_impulse.z, 0.0f);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (m_limitState == e_atUpperLimit)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_impulse.z = b2Min(m_impulse.z, 0.0f);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// f2(1:2) = invK(1:2,1:2) * (-Cdot(1:2) - K(1:2,3) * (f2(3) - f1(3))) + f1(1:2)
|
||||
b2Vec2 b = -Cdot1 - (m_impulse.z - f1.z) * b2Vec2(m_K.ez.x, m_K.ez.y);
|
||||
b2Vec2 f2r = m_K.Solve22(b) + b2Vec2(f1.x, f1.y);
|
||||
m_impulse.x = f2r.x;
|
||||
m_impulse.y = f2r.y;
|
||||
|
||||
df = m_impulse - f1;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 P = df.x * m_perp + df.z * m_axis;
|
||||
float32 LA = df.x * m_s1 + df.y + df.z * m_a1;
|
||||
float32 LB = df.x * m_s2 + df.y + df.z * m_a2;
|
||||
|
||||
vA -= mA * P;
|
||||
wA -= iA * LA;
|
||||
|
||||
vB += mB * P;
|
||||
wB += iB * LB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Limit is inactive, just solve the prismatic constraint in block form.
|
||||
b2Vec2 df = m_K.Solve22(-Cdot1);
|
||||
m_impulse.x += df.x;
|
||||
m_impulse.y += df.y;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 P = df.x * m_perp;
|
||||
float32 LA = df.x * m_s1 + df.y;
|
||||
float32 LB = df.x * m_s2 + df.y;
|
||||
|
||||
vA -= mA * P;
|
||||
wA -= iA * LA;
|
||||
|
||||
vB += mB * P;
|
||||
wB += iB * LB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexA].v = vA;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexA].w = wA;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexB].v = vB;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexB].w = wB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool b2PrismaticJoint::SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 cA = data.positions[m_indexA].c;
|
||||
float32 aA = data.positions[m_indexA].a;
|
||||
b2Vec2 cB = data.positions[m_indexB].c;
|
||||
float32 aB = data.positions[m_indexB].a;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Rot qA(aA), qB(aB);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 mA = m_invMassA, mB = m_invMassB;
|
||||
float32 iA = m_invIA, iB = m_invIB;
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute fresh Jacobians
|
||||
b2Vec2 rA = b2Mul(qA, m_localAnchorA - m_localCenterA);
|
||||
b2Vec2 rB = b2Mul(qB, m_localAnchorB - m_localCenterB);
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = cB + rB - cA - rA;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 axis = b2Mul(qA, m_localXAxisA);
|
||||
float32 a1 = b2Cross(d + rA, axis);
|
||||
float32 a2 = b2Cross(rB, axis);
|
||||
b2Vec2 perp = b2Mul(qA, m_localYAxisA);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 s1 = b2Cross(d + rA, perp);
|
||||
float32 s2 = b2Cross(rB, perp);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec3 impulse;
|
||||
b2Vec2 C1;
|
||||
C1.x = b2Dot(perp, d);
|
||||
C1.y = aB - aA - m_referenceAngle;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 linearError = b2Abs(C1.x);
|
||||
float32 angularError = b2Abs(C1.y);
|
||||
|
||||
bool active = false;
|
||||
float32 C2 = 0.0f;
|
||||
if (m_enableLimit)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 translation = b2Dot(axis, d);
|
||||
if (b2Abs(m_upperTranslation - m_lowerTranslation) < 2.0f * b2_linearSlop)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Prevent large angular corrections
|
||||
C2 = b2Clamp(translation, -b2_maxLinearCorrection, b2_maxLinearCorrection);
|
||||
linearError = b2Max(linearError, b2Abs(translation));
|
||||
active = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (translation <= m_lowerTranslation)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Prevent large linear corrections and allow some slop.
|
||||
C2 = b2Clamp(translation - m_lowerTranslation + b2_linearSlop, -b2_maxLinearCorrection, 0.0f);
|
||||
linearError = b2Max(linearError, m_lowerTranslation - translation);
|
||||
active = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (translation >= m_upperTranslation)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Prevent large linear corrections and allow some slop.
|
||||
C2 = b2Clamp(translation - m_upperTranslation - b2_linearSlop, 0.0f, b2_maxLinearCorrection);
|
||||
linearError = b2Max(linearError, translation - m_upperTranslation);
|
||||
active = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (active)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 k11 = mA + mB + iA * s1 * s1 + iB * s2 * s2;
|
||||
float32 k12 = iA * s1 + iB * s2;
|
||||
float32 k13 = iA * s1 * a1 + iB * s2 * a2;
|
||||
float32 k22 = iA + iB;
|
||||
if (k22 == 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// For fixed rotation
|
||||
k22 = 1.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
float32 k23 = iA * a1 + iB * a2;
|
||||
float32 k33 = mA + mB + iA * a1 * a1 + iB * a2 * a2;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Mat33 K;
|
||||
K.ex.Set(k11, k12, k13);
|
||||
K.ey.Set(k12, k22, k23);
|
||||
K.ez.Set(k13, k23, k33);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec3 C;
|
||||
C.x = C1.x;
|
||||
C.y = C1.y;
|
||||
C.z = C2;
|
||||
|
||||
impulse = K.Solve33(-C);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 k11 = mA + mB + iA * s1 * s1 + iB * s2 * s2;
|
||||
float32 k12 = iA * s1 + iB * s2;
|
||||
float32 k22 = iA + iB;
|
||||
if (k22 == 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
k22 = 1.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Mat22 K;
|
||||
K.ex.Set(k11, k12);
|
||||
K.ey.Set(k12, k22);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 impulse1 = K.Solve(-C1);
|
||||
impulse.x = impulse1.x;
|
||||
impulse.y = impulse1.y;
|
||||
impulse.z = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 P = impulse.x * perp + impulse.z * axis;
|
||||
float32 LA = impulse.x * s1 + impulse.y + impulse.z * a1;
|
||||
float32 LB = impulse.x * s2 + impulse.y + impulse.z * a2;
|
||||
|
||||
cA -= mA * P;
|
||||
aA -= iA * LA;
|
||||
cB += mB * P;
|
||||
aB += iB * LB;
|
||||
|
||||
data.positions[m_indexA].c = cA;
|
||||
data.positions[m_indexA].a = aA;
|
||||
data.positions[m_indexB].c = cB;
|
||||
data.positions[m_indexB].a = aB;
|
||||
|
||||
return linearError <= b2_linearSlop && angularError <= b2_angularSlop;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 b2PrismaticJoint::GetAnchorA() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_bodyA->GetWorldPoint(m_localAnchorA);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 b2PrismaticJoint::GetAnchorB() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_bodyB->GetWorldPoint(m_localAnchorB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 b2PrismaticJoint::GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return inv_dt * (m_impulse.x * m_perp + (m_motorImpulse + m_impulse.z) * m_axis);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 b2PrismaticJoint::GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return inv_dt * m_impulse.y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 b2PrismaticJoint::GetJointTranslation() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 pA = m_bodyA->GetWorldPoint(m_localAnchorA);
|
||||
b2Vec2 pB = m_bodyB->GetWorldPoint(m_localAnchorB);
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = pB - pA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 axis = m_bodyA->GetWorldVector(m_localXAxisA);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 translation = b2Dot(d, axis);
|
||||
return translation;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 b2PrismaticJoint::GetJointSpeed() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Body* bA = m_bodyA;
|
||||
b2Body* bB = m_bodyB;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 rA = b2Mul(bA->m_xf.q, m_localAnchorA - bA->m_sweep.localCenter);
|
||||
b2Vec2 rB = b2Mul(bB->m_xf.q, m_localAnchorB - bB->m_sweep.localCenter);
|
||||
b2Vec2 p1 = bA->m_sweep.c + rA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 p2 = bB->m_sweep.c + rB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = p2 - p1;
|
||||
b2Vec2 axis = b2Mul(bA->m_xf.q, m_localXAxisA);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 vA = bA->m_linearVelocity;
|
||||
b2Vec2 vB = bB->m_linearVelocity;
|
||||
float32 wA = bA->m_angularVelocity;
|
||||
float32 wB = bB->m_angularVelocity;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 speed = b2Dot(d, b2Cross(wA, axis)) + b2Dot(axis, vB + b2Cross(wB, rB) - vA - b2Cross(wA, rA));
|
||||
return speed;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool b2PrismaticJoint::IsLimitEnabled() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_enableLimit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2PrismaticJoint::EnableLimit(bool flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (flag != m_enableLimit)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_bodyA->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
m_bodyB->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
m_enableLimit = flag;
|
||||
m_impulse.z = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 b2PrismaticJoint::GetLowerLimit() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_lowerTranslation;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 b2PrismaticJoint::GetUpperLimit() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_upperTranslation;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2PrismaticJoint::SetLimits(float32 lower, float32 upper)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(lower <= upper);
|
||||
if (lower != m_lowerTranslation || upper != m_upperTranslation)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_bodyA->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
m_bodyB->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
m_lowerTranslation = lower;
|
||||
m_upperTranslation = upper;
|
||||
m_impulse.z = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool b2PrismaticJoint::IsMotorEnabled() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_enableMotor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2PrismaticJoint::EnableMotor(bool flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_bodyA->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
m_bodyB->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
m_enableMotor = flag;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2PrismaticJoint::SetMotorSpeed(float32 speed)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_bodyA->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
m_bodyB->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
m_motorSpeed = speed;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2PrismaticJoint::SetMaxMotorForce(float32 force)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_bodyA->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
m_bodyB->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
m_maxMotorForce = force;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 b2PrismaticJoint::GetMotorForce(float32 inv_dt) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return inv_dt * m_motorImpulse;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2PrismaticJoint::Dump()
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 indexA = m_bodyA->m_islandIndex;
|
||||
int32 indexB = m_bodyB->m_islandIndex;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Log(" b2PrismaticJointDef jd;\n");
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.bodyA = bodies[%d];\n", indexA);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.bodyB = bodies[%d];\n", indexB);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.collideConnected = bool(%d);\n", m_collideConnected);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.localAnchorA.Set(%.15lef, %.15lef);\n", m_localAnchorA.x, m_localAnchorA.y);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.localAnchorB.Set(%.15lef, %.15lef);\n", m_localAnchorB.x, m_localAnchorB.y);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.localAxisA.Set(%.15lef, %.15lef);\n", m_localXAxisA.x, m_localXAxisA.y);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.referenceAngle = %.15lef;\n", m_referenceAngle);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.enableLimit = bool(%d);\n", m_enableLimit);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.lowerTranslation = %.15lef;\n", m_lowerTranslation);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.upperTranslation = %.15lef;\n", m_upperTranslation);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.enableMotor = bool(%d);\n", m_enableMotor);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.motorSpeed = %.15lef;\n", m_motorSpeed);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.maxMotorForce = %.15lef;\n", m_maxMotorForce);
|
||||
b2Log(" joints[%d] = m_world->CreateJoint(&jd);\n", m_index);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,502 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2RevoluteJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2TimeStep.h>
|
||||
|
||||
// Point-to-point constraint
|
||||
// C = p2 - p1
|
||||
// Cdot = v2 - v1
|
||||
// = v2 + cross(w2, r2) - v1 - cross(w1, r1)
|
||||
// J = [-I -r1_skew I r2_skew ]
|
||||
// Identity used:
|
||||
// w k % (rx i + ry j) = w * (-ry i + rx j)
|
||||
|
||||
// Motor constraint
|
||||
// Cdot = w2 - w1
|
||||
// J = [0 0 -1 0 0 1]
|
||||
// K = invI1 + invI2
|
||||
|
||||
void b2RevoluteJointDef::Initialize(b2Body* bA, b2Body* bB, const b2Vec2& anchor)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bodyA = bA;
|
||||
bodyB = bB;
|
||||
localAnchorA = bodyA->GetLocalPoint(anchor);
|
||||
localAnchorB = bodyB->GetLocalPoint(anchor);
|
||||
referenceAngle = bodyB->GetAngle() - bodyA->GetAngle();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2RevoluteJoint::b2RevoluteJoint(const b2RevoluteJointDef* def)
|
||||
: b2Joint(def)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_localAnchorA = def->localAnchorA;
|
||||
m_localAnchorB = def->localAnchorB;
|
||||
m_referenceAngle = def->referenceAngle;
|
||||
|
||||
m_impulse.SetZero();
|
||||
m_motorImpulse = 0.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
m_lowerAngle = def->lowerAngle;
|
||||
m_upperAngle = def->upperAngle;
|
||||
m_maxMotorTorque = def->maxMotorTorque;
|
||||
m_motorSpeed = def->motorSpeed;
|
||||
m_enableLimit = def->enableLimit;
|
||||
m_enableMotor = def->enableMotor;
|
||||
m_limitState = e_inactiveLimit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2RevoluteJoint::InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_indexA = m_bodyA->m_islandIndex;
|
||||
m_indexB = m_bodyB->m_islandIndex;
|
||||
m_localCenterA = m_bodyA->m_sweep.localCenter;
|
||||
m_localCenterB = m_bodyB->m_sweep.localCenter;
|
||||
m_invMassA = m_bodyA->m_invMass;
|
||||
m_invMassB = m_bodyB->m_invMass;
|
||||
m_invIA = m_bodyA->m_invI;
|
||||
m_invIB = m_bodyB->m_invI;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 aA = data.positions[m_indexA].a;
|
||||
b2Vec2 vA = data.velocities[m_indexA].v;
|
||||
float32 wA = data.velocities[m_indexA].w;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 aB = data.positions[m_indexB].a;
|
||||
b2Vec2 vB = data.velocities[m_indexB].v;
|
||||
float32 wB = data.velocities[m_indexB].w;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Rot qA(aA), qB(aB);
|
||||
|
||||
m_rA = b2Mul(qA, m_localAnchorA - m_localCenterA);
|
||||
m_rB = b2Mul(qB, m_localAnchorB - m_localCenterB);
|
||||
|
||||
// J = [-I -r1_skew I r2_skew]
|
||||
// [ 0 -1 0 1]
|
||||
// r_skew = [-ry; rx]
|
||||
|
||||
// Matlab
|
||||
// K = [ mA+r1y^2*iA+mB+r2y^2*iB, -r1y*iA*r1x-r2y*iB*r2x, -r1y*iA-r2y*iB]
|
||||
// [ -r1y*iA*r1x-r2y*iB*r2x, mA+r1x^2*iA+mB+r2x^2*iB, r1x*iA+r2x*iB]
|
||||
// [ -r1y*iA-r2y*iB, r1x*iA+r2x*iB, iA+iB]
|
||||
|
||||
float32 mA = m_invMassA, mB = m_invMassB;
|
||||
float32 iA = m_invIA, iB = m_invIB;
|
||||
|
||||
bool fixedRotation = (iA + iB == 0.0f);
|
||||
|
||||
m_mass.ex.x = mA + mB + m_rA.y * m_rA.y * iA + m_rB.y * m_rB.y * iB;
|
||||
m_mass.ey.x = -m_rA.y * m_rA.x * iA - m_rB.y * m_rB.x * iB;
|
||||
m_mass.ez.x = -m_rA.y * iA - m_rB.y * iB;
|
||||
m_mass.ex.y = m_mass.ey.x;
|
||||
m_mass.ey.y = mA + mB + m_rA.x * m_rA.x * iA + m_rB.x * m_rB.x * iB;
|
||||
m_mass.ez.y = m_rA.x * iA + m_rB.x * iB;
|
||||
m_mass.ex.z = m_mass.ez.x;
|
||||
m_mass.ey.z = m_mass.ez.y;
|
||||
m_mass.ez.z = iA + iB;
|
||||
|
||||
m_motorMass = iA + iB;
|
||||
if (m_motorMass > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_motorMass = 1.0f / m_motorMass;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_enableMotor == false || fixedRotation)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_motorImpulse = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_enableLimit && fixedRotation == false)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 jointAngle = aB - aA - m_referenceAngle;
|
||||
if (b2Abs(m_upperAngle - m_lowerAngle) < 2.0f * b2_angularSlop)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_limitState = e_equalLimits;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (jointAngle <= m_lowerAngle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_limitState != e_atLowerLimit)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_impulse.z = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
m_limitState = e_atLowerLimit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (jointAngle >= m_upperAngle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_limitState != e_atUpperLimit)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_impulse.z = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
m_limitState = e_atUpperLimit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_limitState = e_inactiveLimit;
|
||||
m_impulse.z = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_limitState = e_inactiveLimit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (data.step.warmStarting)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Scale impulses to support a variable time step.
|
||||
m_impulse *= data.step.dtRatio;
|
||||
m_motorImpulse *= data.step.dtRatio;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 P(m_impulse.x, m_impulse.y);
|
||||
|
||||
vA -= mA * P;
|
||||
wA -= iA * (b2Cross(m_rA, P) + m_motorImpulse + m_impulse.z);
|
||||
|
||||
vB += mB * P;
|
||||
wB += iB * (b2Cross(m_rB, P) + m_motorImpulse + m_impulse.z);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_impulse.SetZero();
|
||||
m_motorImpulse = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexA].v = vA;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexA].w = wA;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexB].v = vB;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexB].w = wB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2RevoluteJoint::SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 vA = data.velocities[m_indexA].v;
|
||||
float32 wA = data.velocities[m_indexA].w;
|
||||
b2Vec2 vB = data.velocities[m_indexB].v;
|
||||
float32 wB = data.velocities[m_indexB].w;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 mA = m_invMassA, mB = m_invMassB;
|
||||
float32 iA = m_invIA, iB = m_invIB;
|
||||
|
||||
bool fixedRotation = (iA + iB == 0.0f);
|
||||
|
||||
// Solve motor constraint.
|
||||
if (m_enableMotor && m_limitState != e_equalLimits && fixedRotation == false)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 Cdot = wB - wA - m_motorSpeed;
|
||||
float32 impulse = -m_motorMass * Cdot;
|
||||
float32 oldImpulse = m_motorImpulse;
|
||||
float32 maxImpulse = data.step.dt * m_maxMotorTorque;
|
||||
m_motorImpulse = b2Clamp(m_motorImpulse + impulse, -maxImpulse, maxImpulse);
|
||||
impulse = m_motorImpulse - oldImpulse;
|
||||
|
||||
wA -= iA * impulse;
|
||||
wB += iB * impulse;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Solve limit constraint.
|
||||
if (m_enableLimit && m_limitState != e_inactiveLimit && fixedRotation == false)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 Cdot1 = vB + b2Cross(wB, m_rB) - vA - b2Cross(wA, m_rA);
|
||||
float32 Cdot2 = wB - wA;
|
||||
b2Vec3 Cdot(Cdot1.x, Cdot1.y, Cdot2);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec3 impulse = -m_mass.Solve33(Cdot);
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_limitState == e_equalLimits)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_impulse += impulse;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (m_limitState == e_atLowerLimit)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 newImpulse = m_impulse.z + impulse.z;
|
||||
if (newImpulse < 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 rhs = -Cdot1 + m_impulse.z * b2Vec2(m_mass.ez.x, m_mass.ez.y);
|
||||
b2Vec2 reduced = m_mass.Solve22(rhs);
|
||||
impulse.x = reduced.x;
|
||||
impulse.y = reduced.y;
|
||||
impulse.z = -m_impulse.z;
|
||||
m_impulse.x += reduced.x;
|
||||
m_impulse.y += reduced.y;
|
||||
m_impulse.z = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_impulse += impulse;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (m_limitState == e_atUpperLimit)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 newImpulse = m_impulse.z + impulse.z;
|
||||
if (newImpulse > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 rhs = -Cdot1 + m_impulse.z * b2Vec2(m_mass.ez.x, m_mass.ez.y);
|
||||
b2Vec2 reduced = m_mass.Solve22(rhs);
|
||||
impulse.x = reduced.x;
|
||||
impulse.y = reduced.y;
|
||||
impulse.z = -m_impulse.z;
|
||||
m_impulse.x += reduced.x;
|
||||
m_impulse.y += reduced.y;
|
||||
m_impulse.z = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_impulse += impulse;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 P(impulse.x, impulse.y);
|
||||
|
||||
vA -= mA * P;
|
||||
wA -= iA * (b2Cross(m_rA, P) + impulse.z);
|
||||
|
||||
vB += mB * P;
|
||||
wB += iB * (b2Cross(m_rB, P) + impulse.z);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Solve point-to-point constraint
|
||||
b2Vec2 Cdot = vB + b2Cross(wB, m_rB) - vA - b2Cross(wA, m_rA);
|
||||
b2Vec2 impulse = m_mass.Solve22(-Cdot);
|
||||
|
||||
m_impulse.x += impulse.x;
|
||||
m_impulse.y += impulse.y;
|
||||
|
||||
vA -= mA * impulse;
|
||||
wA -= iA * b2Cross(m_rA, impulse);
|
||||
|
||||
vB += mB * impulse;
|
||||
wB += iB * b2Cross(m_rB, impulse);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexA].v = vA;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexA].w = wA;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexB].v = vB;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexB].w = wB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool b2RevoluteJoint::SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 cA = data.positions[m_indexA].c;
|
||||
float32 aA = data.positions[m_indexA].a;
|
||||
b2Vec2 cB = data.positions[m_indexB].c;
|
||||
float32 aB = data.positions[m_indexB].a;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Rot qA(aA), qB(aB);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 angularError = 0.0f;
|
||||
float32 positionError = 0.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
bool fixedRotation = (m_invIA + m_invIB == 0.0f);
|
||||
|
||||
// Solve angular limit constraint.
|
||||
if (m_enableLimit && m_limitState != e_inactiveLimit && fixedRotation == false)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 angle = aB - aA - m_referenceAngle;
|
||||
float32 limitImpulse = 0.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_limitState == e_equalLimits)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Prevent large angular corrections
|
||||
float32 C = b2Clamp(angle - m_lowerAngle, -b2_maxAngularCorrection, b2_maxAngularCorrection);
|
||||
limitImpulse = -m_motorMass * C;
|
||||
angularError = b2Abs(C);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (m_limitState == e_atLowerLimit)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 C = angle - m_lowerAngle;
|
||||
angularError = -C;
|
||||
|
||||
// Prevent large angular corrections and allow some slop.
|
||||
C = b2Clamp(C + b2_angularSlop, -b2_maxAngularCorrection, 0.0f);
|
||||
limitImpulse = -m_motorMass * C;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (m_limitState == e_atUpperLimit)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 C = angle - m_upperAngle;
|
||||
angularError = C;
|
||||
|
||||
// Prevent large angular corrections and allow some slop.
|
||||
C = b2Clamp(C - b2_angularSlop, 0.0f, b2_maxAngularCorrection);
|
||||
limitImpulse = -m_motorMass * C;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
aA -= m_invIA * limitImpulse;
|
||||
aB += m_invIB * limitImpulse;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Solve point-to-point constraint.
|
||||
{
|
||||
qA.Set(aA);
|
||||
qB.Set(aB);
|
||||
b2Vec2 rA = b2Mul(qA, m_localAnchorA - m_localCenterA);
|
||||
b2Vec2 rB = b2Mul(qB, m_localAnchorB - m_localCenterB);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 C = cB + rB - cA - rA;
|
||||
positionError = C.Length();
|
||||
|
||||
float32 mA = m_invMassA, mB = m_invMassB;
|
||||
float32 iA = m_invIA, iB = m_invIB;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Mat22 K;
|
||||
K.ex.x = mA + mB + iA * rA.y * rA.y + iB * rB.y * rB.y;
|
||||
K.ex.y = -iA * rA.x * rA.y - iB * rB.x * rB.y;
|
||||
K.ey.x = K.ex.y;
|
||||
K.ey.y = mA + mB + iA * rA.x * rA.x + iB * rB.x * rB.x;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 impulse = -K.Solve(C);
|
||||
|
||||
cA -= mA * impulse;
|
||||
aA -= iA * b2Cross(rA, impulse);
|
||||
|
||||
cB += mB * impulse;
|
||||
aB += iB * b2Cross(rB, impulse);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
data.positions[m_indexA].c = cA;
|
||||
data.positions[m_indexA].a = aA;
|
||||
data.positions[m_indexB].c = cB;
|
||||
data.positions[m_indexB].a = aB;
|
||||
|
||||
return positionError <= b2_linearSlop && angularError <= b2_angularSlop;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 b2RevoluteJoint::GetAnchorA() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_bodyA->GetWorldPoint(m_localAnchorA);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 b2RevoluteJoint::GetAnchorB() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_bodyB->GetWorldPoint(m_localAnchorB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 b2RevoluteJoint::GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 P(m_impulse.x, m_impulse.y);
|
||||
return inv_dt * P;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 b2RevoluteJoint::GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return inv_dt * m_impulse.z;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 b2RevoluteJoint::GetJointAngle() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Body* bA = m_bodyA;
|
||||
b2Body* bB = m_bodyB;
|
||||
return bB->m_sweep.a - bA->m_sweep.a - m_referenceAngle;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 b2RevoluteJoint::GetJointSpeed() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Body* bA = m_bodyA;
|
||||
b2Body* bB = m_bodyB;
|
||||
return bB->m_angularVelocity - bA->m_angularVelocity;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool b2RevoluteJoint::IsMotorEnabled() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_enableMotor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2RevoluteJoint::EnableMotor(bool flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_bodyA->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
m_bodyB->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
m_enableMotor = flag;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 b2RevoluteJoint::GetMotorTorque(float32 inv_dt) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return inv_dt * m_motorImpulse;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2RevoluteJoint::SetMotorSpeed(float32 speed)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_bodyA->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
m_bodyB->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
m_motorSpeed = speed;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2RevoluteJoint::SetMaxMotorTorque(float32 torque)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_bodyA->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
m_bodyB->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
m_maxMotorTorque = torque;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool b2RevoluteJoint::IsLimitEnabled() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_enableLimit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2RevoluteJoint::EnableLimit(bool flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (flag != m_enableLimit)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_bodyA->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
m_bodyB->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
m_enableLimit = flag;
|
||||
m_impulse.z = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 b2RevoluteJoint::GetLowerLimit() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_lowerAngle;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 b2RevoluteJoint::GetUpperLimit() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_upperAngle;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2RevoluteJoint::SetLimits(float32 lower, float32 upper)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(lower <= upper);
|
||||
|
||||
if (lower != m_lowerAngle || upper != m_upperAngle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_bodyA->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
m_bodyB->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
m_impulse.z = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_lowerAngle = lower;
|
||||
m_upperAngle = upper;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2RevoluteJoint::Dump()
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 indexA = m_bodyA->m_islandIndex;
|
||||
int32 indexB = m_bodyB->m_islandIndex;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Log(" b2RevoluteJointDef jd;\n");
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.bodyA = bodies[%d];\n", indexA);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.bodyB = bodies[%d];\n", indexB);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.collideConnected = bool(%d);\n", m_collideConnected);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.localAnchorA.Set(%.15lef, %.15lef);\n", m_localAnchorA.x, m_localAnchorA.y);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.localAnchorB.Set(%.15lef, %.15lef);\n", m_localAnchorB.x, m_localAnchorB.y);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.referenceAngle = %.15lef;\n", m_referenceAngle);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.enableLimit = bool(%d);\n", m_enableLimit);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.lowerAngle = %.15lef;\n", m_lowerAngle);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.upperAngle = %.15lef;\n", m_upperAngle);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.enableMotor = bool(%d);\n", m_enableMotor);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.motorSpeed = %.15lef;\n", m_motorSpeed);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.maxMotorTorque = %.15lef;\n", m_maxMotorTorque);
|
||||
b2Log(" joints[%d] = m_world->CreateJoint(&jd);\n", m_index);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,241 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2007-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2RopeJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2TimeStep.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Limit:
|
||||
// C = norm(pB - pA) - L
|
||||
// u = (pB - pA) / norm(pB - pA)
|
||||
// Cdot = dot(u, vB + cross(wB, rB) - vA - cross(wA, rA))
|
||||
// J = [-u -cross(rA, u) u cross(rB, u)]
|
||||
// K = J * invM * JT
|
||||
// = invMassA + invIA * cross(rA, u)^2 + invMassB + invIB * cross(rB, u)^2
|
||||
|
||||
b2RopeJoint::b2RopeJoint(const b2RopeJointDef* def)
|
||||
: b2Joint(def)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_localAnchorA = def->localAnchorA;
|
||||
m_localAnchorB = def->localAnchorB;
|
||||
|
||||
m_maxLength = def->maxLength;
|
||||
|
||||
m_mass = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_impulse = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_state = e_inactiveLimit;
|
||||
m_length = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2RopeJoint::InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_indexA = m_bodyA->m_islandIndex;
|
||||
m_indexB = m_bodyB->m_islandIndex;
|
||||
m_localCenterA = m_bodyA->m_sweep.localCenter;
|
||||
m_localCenterB = m_bodyB->m_sweep.localCenter;
|
||||
m_invMassA = m_bodyA->m_invMass;
|
||||
m_invMassB = m_bodyB->m_invMass;
|
||||
m_invIA = m_bodyA->m_invI;
|
||||
m_invIB = m_bodyB->m_invI;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 cA = data.positions[m_indexA].c;
|
||||
float32 aA = data.positions[m_indexA].a;
|
||||
b2Vec2 vA = data.velocities[m_indexA].v;
|
||||
float32 wA = data.velocities[m_indexA].w;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 cB = data.positions[m_indexB].c;
|
||||
float32 aB = data.positions[m_indexB].a;
|
||||
b2Vec2 vB = data.velocities[m_indexB].v;
|
||||
float32 wB = data.velocities[m_indexB].w;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Rot qA(aA), qB(aB);
|
||||
|
||||
m_rA = b2Mul(qA, m_localAnchorA - m_localCenterA);
|
||||
m_rB = b2Mul(qB, m_localAnchorB - m_localCenterB);
|
||||
m_u = cB + m_rB - cA - m_rA;
|
||||
|
||||
m_length = m_u.Length();
|
||||
|
||||
float32 C = m_length - m_maxLength;
|
||||
if (C > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_state = e_atUpperLimit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_state = e_inactiveLimit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_length > b2_linearSlop)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_u *= 1.0f / m_length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_u.SetZero();
|
||||
m_mass = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_impulse = 0.0f;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute effective mass.
|
||||
float32 crA = b2Cross(m_rA, m_u);
|
||||
float32 crB = b2Cross(m_rB, m_u);
|
||||
float32 invMass = m_invMassA + m_invIA * crA * crA + m_invMassB + m_invIB * crB * crB;
|
||||
|
||||
m_mass = invMass != 0.0f ? 1.0f / invMass : 0.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
if (data.step.warmStarting)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Scale the impulse to support a variable time step.
|
||||
m_impulse *= data.step.dtRatio;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 P = m_impulse * m_u;
|
||||
vA -= m_invMassA * P;
|
||||
wA -= m_invIA * b2Cross(m_rA, P);
|
||||
vB += m_invMassB * P;
|
||||
wB += m_invIB * b2Cross(m_rB, P);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_impulse = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexA].v = vA;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexA].w = wA;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexB].v = vB;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexB].w = wB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2RopeJoint::SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 vA = data.velocities[m_indexA].v;
|
||||
float32 wA = data.velocities[m_indexA].w;
|
||||
b2Vec2 vB = data.velocities[m_indexB].v;
|
||||
float32 wB = data.velocities[m_indexB].w;
|
||||
|
||||
// Cdot = dot(u, v + cross(w, r))
|
||||
b2Vec2 vpA = vA + b2Cross(wA, m_rA);
|
||||
b2Vec2 vpB = vB + b2Cross(wB, m_rB);
|
||||
float32 C = m_length - m_maxLength;
|
||||
float32 Cdot = b2Dot(m_u, vpB - vpA);
|
||||
|
||||
// Predictive constraint.
|
||||
if (C < 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Cdot += data.step.inv_dt * C;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 impulse = -m_mass * Cdot;
|
||||
float32 oldImpulse = m_impulse;
|
||||
m_impulse = b2Min(0.0f, m_impulse + impulse);
|
||||
impulse = m_impulse - oldImpulse;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 P = impulse * m_u;
|
||||
vA -= m_invMassA * P;
|
||||
wA -= m_invIA * b2Cross(m_rA, P);
|
||||
vB += m_invMassB * P;
|
||||
wB += m_invIB * b2Cross(m_rB, P);
|
||||
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexA].v = vA;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexA].w = wA;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexB].v = vB;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexB].w = wB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool b2RopeJoint::SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 cA = data.positions[m_indexA].c;
|
||||
float32 aA = data.positions[m_indexA].a;
|
||||
b2Vec2 cB = data.positions[m_indexB].c;
|
||||
float32 aB = data.positions[m_indexB].a;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Rot qA(aA), qB(aB);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 rA = b2Mul(qA, m_localAnchorA - m_localCenterA);
|
||||
b2Vec2 rB = b2Mul(qB, m_localAnchorB - m_localCenterB);
|
||||
b2Vec2 u = cB + rB - cA - rA;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 length = u.Normalize();
|
||||
float32 C = length - m_maxLength;
|
||||
|
||||
C = b2Clamp(C, 0.0f, b2_maxLinearCorrection);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 impulse = -m_mass * C;
|
||||
b2Vec2 P = impulse * u;
|
||||
|
||||
cA -= m_invMassA * P;
|
||||
aA -= m_invIA * b2Cross(rA, P);
|
||||
cB += m_invMassB * P;
|
||||
aB += m_invIB * b2Cross(rB, P);
|
||||
|
||||
data.positions[m_indexA].c = cA;
|
||||
data.positions[m_indexA].a = aA;
|
||||
data.positions[m_indexB].c = cB;
|
||||
data.positions[m_indexB].a = aB;
|
||||
|
||||
return length - m_maxLength < b2_linearSlop;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 b2RopeJoint::GetAnchorA() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_bodyA->GetWorldPoint(m_localAnchorA);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 b2RopeJoint::GetAnchorB() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_bodyB->GetWorldPoint(m_localAnchorB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 b2RopeJoint::GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 F = (inv_dt * m_impulse) * m_u;
|
||||
return F;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 b2RopeJoint::GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
B2_NOT_USED(inv_dt);
|
||||
return 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 b2RopeJoint::GetMaxLength() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_maxLength;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2LimitState b2RopeJoint::GetLimitState() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_state;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2RopeJoint::Dump()
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 indexA = m_bodyA->m_islandIndex;
|
||||
int32 indexB = m_bodyB->m_islandIndex;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Log(" b2RopeJointDef jd;\n");
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.bodyA = bodies[%d];\n", indexA);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.bodyB = bodies[%d];\n", indexB);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.collideConnected = bool(%d);\n", m_collideConnected);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.localAnchorA.Set(%.15lef, %.15lef);\n", m_localAnchorA.x, m_localAnchorA.y);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.localAnchorB.Set(%.15lef, %.15lef);\n", m_localAnchorB.x, m_localAnchorB.y);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.maxLength = %.15lef;\n", m_maxLength);
|
||||
b2Log(" joints[%d] = m_world->CreateJoint(&jd);\n", m_index);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_ROPE_JOINT_H
|
||||
#define B2_ROPE_JOINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Rope joint definition. This requires two body anchor points and
|
||||
/// a maximum lengths.
|
||||
/// Note: by default the connected objects will not collide.
|
||||
/// see collideConnected in b2JointDef.
|
||||
struct b2RopeJointDef : public b2JointDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2RopeJointDef()
|
||||
{
|
||||
type = e_ropeJoint;
|
||||
localAnchorA.Set(-1.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
localAnchorB.Set(1.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
maxLength = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAnchorA;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAnchorB;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum length of the rope.
|
||||
/// Warning: this must be larger than b2_linearSlop or
|
||||
/// the joint will have no effect.
|
||||
float32 maxLength;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A rope joint enforces a maximum distance between two points
|
||||
/// on two bodies. It has no other effect.
|
||||
/// Warning: if you attempt to change the maximum length during
|
||||
/// the simulation you will get some non-physical behavior.
|
||||
/// A model that would allow you to dynamically modify the length
|
||||
/// would have some sponginess, so I chose not to implement it
|
||||
/// that way. See b2DistanceJoint if you want to dynamically
|
||||
/// control length.
|
||||
class b2RopeJoint : public b2Joint
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorA() const { return m_localAnchorA; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorB() const { return m_localAnchorB; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/Get the maximum length of the rope.
|
||||
void SetMaxLength(float32 length) { m_maxLength = length; }
|
||||
float32 GetMaxLength() const;
|
||||
|
||||
b2LimitState GetLimitState() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Dump joint to dmLog
|
||||
void Dump();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
friend class b2Joint;
|
||||
b2RopeJoint(const b2RopeJointDef* data);
|
||||
|
||||
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver shared
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
|
||||
float32 m_maxLength;
|
||||
float32 m_length;
|
||||
float32 m_impulse;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver temp
|
||||
int32 m_indexA;
|
||||
int32 m_indexB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_u;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_rA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_rB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassA;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassB;
|
||||
float32 m_invIA;
|
||||
float32 m_invIB;
|
||||
float32 m_mass;
|
||||
b2LimitState m_state;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,126 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_WELD_JOINT_H
|
||||
#define B2_WELD_JOINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Weld joint definition. You need to specify local anchor points
|
||||
/// where they are attached and the relative body angle. The position
|
||||
/// of the anchor points is important for computing the reaction torque.
|
||||
struct b2WeldJointDef : public b2JointDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2WeldJointDef()
|
||||
{
|
||||
type = e_weldJoint;
|
||||
localAnchorA.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
localAnchorB.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
referenceAngle = 0.0f;
|
||||
frequencyHz = 0.0f;
|
||||
dampingRatio = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize the bodies, anchors, and reference angle using a world
|
||||
/// anchor point.
|
||||
void Initialize(b2Body* bodyA, b2Body* bodyB, const b2Vec2& anchor);
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAnchorA;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAnchorB;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The bodyB angle minus bodyA angle in the reference state (radians).
|
||||
float32 referenceAngle;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The mass-spring-damper frequency in Hertz. Rotation only.
|
||||
/// Disable softness with a value of 0.
|
||||
float32 frequencyHz;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The damping ratio. 0 = no damping, 1 = critical damping.
|
||||
float32 dampingRatio;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A weld joint essentially glues two bodies together. A weld joint may
|
||||
/// distort somewhat because the island constraint solver is approximate.
|
||||
class b2WeldJoint : public b2Joint
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorA() const { return m_localAnchorA; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorB() const { return m_localAnchorB; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the reference angle.
|
||||
float32 GetReferenceAngle() const { return m_referenceAngle; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/get frequency in Hz.
|
||||
void SetFrequency(float32 hz) { m_frequencyHz = hz; }
|
||||
float32 GetFrequency() const { return m_frequencyHz; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/get damping ratio.
|
||||
void SetDampingRatio(float32 ratio) { m_dampingRatio = ratio; }
|
||||
float32 GetDampingRatio() const { return m_dampingRatio; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Dump to b2Log
|
||||
void Dump();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
friend class b2Joint;
|
||||
|
||||
b2WeldJoint(const b2WeldJointDef* def);
|
||||
|
||||
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_frequencyHz;
|
||||
float32 m_dampingRatio;
|
||||
float32 m_bias;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver shared
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
|
||||
float32 m_referenceAngle;
|
||||
float32 m_gamma;
|
||||
b2Vec3 m_impulse;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver temp
|
||||
int32 m_indexA;
|
||||
int32 m_indexB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_rA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_rB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassA;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassB;
|
||||
float32 m_invIA;
|
||||
float32 m_invIB;
|
||||
b2Mat33 m_mass;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,419 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2WheelJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2TimeStep.h>
|
||||
|
||||
// Linear constraint (point-to-line)
|
||||
// d = pB - pA = xB + rB - xA - rA
|
||||
// C = dot(ay, d)
|
||||
// Cdot = dot(d, cross(wA, ay)) + dot(ay, vB + cross(wB, rB) - vA - cross(wA, rA))
|
||||
// = -dot(ay, vA) - dot(cross(d + rA, ay), wA) + dot(ay, vB) + dot(cross(rB, ay), vB)
|
||||
// J = [-ay, -cross(d + rA, ay), ay, cross(rB, ay)]
|
||||
|
||||
// Spring linear constraint
|
||||
// C = dot(ax, d)
|
||||
// Cdot = = -dot(ax, vA) - dot(cross(d + rA, ax), wA) + dot(ax, vB) + dot(cross(rB, ax), vB)
|
||||
// J = [-ax -cross(d+rA, ax) ax cross(rB, ax)]
|
||||
|
||||
// Motor rotational constraint
|
||||
// Cdot = wB - wA
|
||||
// J = [0 0 -1 0 0 1]
|
||||
|
||||
void b2WheelJointDef::Initialize(b2Body* bA, b2Body* bB, const b2Vec2& anchor, const b2Vec2& axis)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bodyA = bA;
|
||||
bodyB = bB;
|
||||
localAnchorA = bodyA->GetLocalPoint(anchor);
|
||||
localAnchorB = bodyB->GetLocalPoint(anchor);
|
||||
localAxisA = bodyA->GetLocalVector(axis);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2WheelJoint::b2WheelJoint(const b2WheelJointDef* def)
|
||||
: b2Joint(def)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_localAnchorA = def->localAnchorA;
|
||||
m_localAnchorB = def->localAnchorB;
|
||||
m_localXAxisA = def->localAxisA;
|
||||
m_localYAxisA = b2Cross(1.0f, m_localXAxisA);
|
||||
|
||||
m_mass = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_impulse = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_motorMass = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_motorImpulse = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_springMass = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_springImpulse = 0.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
m_maxMotorTorque = def->maxMotorTorque;
|
||||
m_motorSpeed = def->motorSpeed;
|
||||
m_enableMotor = def->enableMotor;
|
||||
|
||||
m_frequencyHz = def->frequencyHz;
|
||||
m_dampingRatio = def->dampingRatio;
|
||||
|
||||
m_bias = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_gamma = 0.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
m_ax.SetZero();
|
||||
m_ay.SetZero();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2WheelJoint::InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_indexA = m_bodyA->m_islandIndex;
|
||||
m_indexB = m_bodyB->m_islandIndex;
|
||||
m_localCenterA = m_bodyA->m_sweep.localCenter;
|
||||
m_localCenterB = m_bodyB->m_sweep.localCenter;
|
||||
m_invMassA = m_bodyA->m_invMass;
|
||||
m_invMassB = m_bodyB->m_invMass;
|
||||
m_invIA = m_bodyA->m_invI;
|
||||
m_invIB = m_bodyB->m_invI;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 mA = m_invMassA, mB = m_invMassB;
|
||||
float32 iA = m_invIA, iB = m_invIB;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 cA = data.positions[m_indexA].c;
|
||||
float32 aA = data.positions[m_indexA].a;
|
||||
b2Vec2 vA = data.velocities[m_indexA].v;
|
||||
float32 wA = data.velocities[m_indexA].w;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 cB = data.positions[m_indexB].c;
|
||||
float32 aB = data.positions[m_indexB].a;
|
||||
b2Vec2 vB = data.velocities[m_indexB].v;
|
||||
float32 wB = data.velocities[m_indexB].w;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Rot qA(aA), qB(aB);
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute the effective masses.
|
||||
b2Vec2 rA = b2Mul(qA, m_localAnchorA - m_localCenterA);
|
||||
b2Vec2 rB = b2Mul(qB, m_localAnchorB - m_localCenterB);
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = cB + rB - cA - rA;
|
||||
|
||||
// Point to line constraint
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_ay = b2Mul(qA, m_localYAxisA);
|
||||
m_sAy = b2Cross(d + rA, m_ay);
|
||||
m_sBy = b2Cross(rB, m_ay);
|
||||
|
||||
m_mass = mA + mB + iA * m_sAy * m_sAy + iB * m_sBy * m_sBy;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_mass > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_mass = 1.0f / m_mass;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Spring constraint
|
||||
m_springMass = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_bias = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_gamma = 0.0f;
|
||||
if (m_frequencyHz > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_ax = b2Mul(qA, m_localXAxisA);
|
||||
m_sAx = b2Cross(d + rA, m_ax);
|
||||
m_sBx = b2Cross(rB, m_ax);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 invMass = mA + mB + iA * m_sAx * m_sAx + iB * m_sBx * m_sBx;
|
||||
|
||||
if (invMass > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_springMass = 1.0f / invMass;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 C = b2Dot(d, m_ax);
|
||||
|
||||
// Frequency
|
||||
float32 omega = 2.0f * b2_pi * m_frequencyHz;
|
||||
|
||||
// Damping coefficient
|
||||
float32 d = 2.0f * m_springMass * m_dampingRatio * omega;
|
||||
|
||||
// Spring stiffness
|
||||
float32 k = m_springMass * omega * omega;
|
||||
|
||||
// magic formulas
|
||||
float32 h = data.step.dt;
|
||||
m_gamma = h * (d + h * k);
|
||||
if (m_gamma > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_gamma = 1.0f / m_gamma;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_bias = C * h * k * m_gamma;
|
||||
|
||||
m_springMass = invMass + m_gamma;
|
||||
if (m_springMass > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_springMass = 1.0f / m_springMass;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_springImpulse = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Rotational motor
|
||||
if (m_enableMotor)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_motorMass = iA + iB;
|
||||
if (m_motorMass > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_motorMass = 1.0f / m_motorMass;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_motorMass = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_motorImpulse = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (data.step.warmStarting)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Account for variable time step.
|
||||
m_impulse *= data.step.dtRatio;
|
||||
m_springImpulse *= data.step.dtRatio;
|
||||
m_motorImpulse *= data.step.dtRatio;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 P = m_impulse * m_ay + m_springImpulse * m_ax;
|
||||
float32 LA = m_impulse * m_sAy + m_springImpulse * m_sAx + m_motorImpulse;
|
||||
float32 LB = m_impulse * m_sBy + m_springImpulse * m_sBx + m_motorImpulse;
|
||||
|
||||
vA -= m_invMassA * P;
|
||||
wA -= m_invIA * LA;
|
||||
|
||||
vB += m_invMassB * P;
|
||||
wB += m_invIB * LB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_impulse = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_springImpulse = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_motorImpulse = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexA].v = vA;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexA].w = wA;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexB].v = vB;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexB].w = wB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2WheelJoint::SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 mA = m_invMassA, mB = m_invMassB;
|
||||
float32 iA = m_invIA, iB = m_invIB;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 vA = data.velocities[m_indexA].v;
|
||||
float32 wA = data.velocities[m_indexA].w;
|
||||
b2Vec2 vB = data.velocities[m_indexB].v;
|
||||
float32 wB = data.velocities[m_indexB].w;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solve spring constraint
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 Cdot = b2Dot(m_ax, vB - vA) + m_sBx * wB - m_sAx * wA;
|
||||
float32 impulse = -m_springMass * (Cdot + m_bias + m_gamma * m_springImpulse);
|
||||
m_springImpulse += impulse;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 P = impulse * m_ax;
|
||||
float32 LA = impulse * m_sAx;
|
||||
float32 LB = impulse * m_sBx;
|
||||
|
||||
vA -= mA * P;
|
||||
wA -= iA * LA;
|
||||
|
||||
vB += mB * P;
|
||||
wB += iB * LB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Solve rotational motor constraint
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 Cdot = wB - wA - m_motorSpeed;
|
||||
float32 impulse = -m_motorMass * Cdot;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 oldImpulse = m_motorImpulse;
|
||||
float32 maxImpulse = data.step.dt * m_maxMotorTorque;
|
||||
m_motorImpulse = b2Clamp(m_motorImpulse + impulse, -maxImpulse, maxImpulse);
|
||||
impulse = m_motorImpulse - oldImpulse;
|
||||
|
||||
wA -= iA * impulse;
|
||||
wB += iB * impulse;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Solve point to line constraint
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 Cdot = b2Dot(m_ay, vB - vA) + m_sBy * wB - m_sAy * wA;
|
||||
float32 impulse = -m_mass * Cdot;
|
||||
m_impulse += impulse;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 P = impulse * m_ay;
|
||||
float32 LA = impulse * m_sAy;
|
||||
float32 LB = impulse * m_sBy;
|
||||
|
||||
vA -= mA * P;
|
||||
wA -= iA * LA;
|
||||
|
||||
vB += mB * P;
|
||||
wB += iB * LB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexA].v = vA;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexA].w = wA;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexB].v = vB;
|
||||
data.velocities[m_indexB].w = wB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool b2WheelJoint::SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 cA = data.positions[m_indexA].c;
|
||||
float32 aA = data.positions[m_indexA].a;
|
||||
b2Vec2 cB = data.positions[m_indexB].c;
|
||||
float32 aB = data.positions[m_indexB].a;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Rot qA(aA), qB(aB);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 rA = b2Mul(qA, m_localAnchorA - m_localCenterA);
|
||||
b2Vec2 rB = b2Mul(qB, m_localAnchorB - m_localCenterB);
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = (cB - cA) + rB - rA;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 ay = b2Mul(qA, m_localYAxisA);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 sAy = b2Cross(d + rA, ay);
|
||||
float32 sBy = b2Cross(rB, ay);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 C = b2Dot(d, ay);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 k = m_invMassA + m_invMassB + m_invIA * m_sAy * m_sAy + m_invIB * m_sBy * m_sBy;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 impulse;
|
||||
if (k != 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
impulse = - C / k;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
impulse = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 P = impulse * ay;
|
||||
float32 LA = impulse * sAy;
|
||||
float32 LB = impulse * sBy;
|
||||
|
||||
cA -= m_invMassA * P;
|
||||
aA -= m_invIA * LA;
|
||||
cB += m_invMassB * P;
|
||||
aB += m_invIB * LB;
|
||||
|
||||
data.positions[m_indexA].c = cA;
|
||||
data.positions[m_indexA].a = aA;
|
||||
data.positions[m_indexB].c = cB;
|
||||
data.positions[m_indexB].a = aB;
|
||||
|
||||
return b2Abs(C) <= b2_linearSlop;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 b2WheelJoint::GetAnchorA() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_bodyA->GetWorldPoint(m_localAnchorA);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 b2WheelJoint::GetAnchorB() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_bodyB->GetWorldPoint(m_localAnchorB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 b2WheelJoint::GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return inv_dt * (m_impulse * m_ay + m_springImpulse * m_ax);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 b2WheelJoint::GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return inv_dt * m_motorImpulse;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 b2WheelJoint::GetJointTranslation() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Body* bA = m_bodyA;
|
||||
b2Body* bB = m_bodyB;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 pA = bA->GetWorldPoint(m_localAnchorA);
|
||||
b2Vec2 pB = bB->GetWorldPoint(m_localAnchorB);
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = pB - pA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 axis = bA->GetWorldVector(m_localXAxisA);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 translation = b2Dot(d, axis);
|
||||
return translation;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 b2WheelJoint::GetJointSpeed() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 wA = m_bodyA->m_angularVelocity;
|
||||
float32 wB = m_bodyB->m_angularVelocity;
|
||||
return wB - wA;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool b2WheelJoint::IsMotorEnabled() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_enableMotor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2WheelJoint::EnableMotor(bool flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_bodyA->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
m_bodyB->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
m_enableMotor = flag;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2WheelJoint::SetMotorSpeed(float32 speed)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_bodyA->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
m_bodyB->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
m_motorSpeed = speed;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2WheelJoint::SetMaxMotorTorque(float32 torque)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_bodyA->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
m_bodyB->SetAwake(true);
|
||||
m_maxMotorTorque = torque;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 b2WheelJoint::GetMotorTorque(float32 inv_dt) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return inv_dt * m_motorImpulse;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2WheelJoint::Dump()
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 indexA = m_bodyA->m_islandIndex;
|
||||
int32 indexB = m_bodyB->m_islandIndex;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Log(" b2WheelJointDef jd;\n");
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.bodyA = bodies[%d];\n", indexA);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.bodyB = bodies[%d];\n", indexB);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.collideConnected = bool(%d);\n", m_collideConnected);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.localAnchorA.Set(%.15lef, %.15lef);\n", m_localAnchorA.x, m_localAnchorA.y);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.localAnchorB.Set(%.15lef, %.15lef);\n", m_localAnchorB.x, m_localAnchorB.y);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.localAxisA.Set(%.15lef, %.15lef);\n", m_localXAxisA.x, m_localXAxisA.y);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.enableMotor = bool(%d);\n", m_enableMotor);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.motorSpeed = %.15lef;\n", m_motorSpeed);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.maxMotorTorque = %.15lef;\n", m_maxMotorTorque);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.frequencyHz = %.15lef;\n", m_frequencyHz);
|
||||
b2Log(" jd.dampingRatio = %.15lef;\n", m_dampingRatio);
|
||||
b2Log(" joints[%d] = m_world->CreateJoint(&jd);\n", m_index);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,210 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_WHEEL_JOINT_H
|
||||
#define B2_WHEEL_JOINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Wheel joint definition. This requires defining a line of
|
||||
/// motion using an axis and an anchor point. The definition uses local
|
||||
/// anchor points and a local axis so that the initial configuration
|
||||
/// can violate the constraint slightly. The joint translation is zero
|
||||
/// when the local anchor points coincide in world space. Using local
|
||||
/// anchors and a local axis helps when saving and loading a game.
|
||||
struct b2WheelJointDef : public b2JointDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2WheelJointDef()
|
||||
{
|
||||
type = e_wheelJoint;
|
||||
localAnchorA.SetZero();
|
||||
localAnchorB.SetZero();
|
||||
localAxisA.Set(1.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
enableMotor = false;
|
||||
maxMotorTorque = 0.0f;
|
||||
motorSpeed = 0.0f;
|
||||
frequencyHz = 2.0f;
|
||||
dampingRatio = 0.7f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize the bodies, anchors, axis, and reference angle using the world
|
||||
/// anchor and world axis.
|
||||
void Initialize(b2Body* bodyA, b2Body* bodyB, const b2Vec2& anchor, const b2Vec2& axis);
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAnchorA;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAnchorB;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local translation axis in bodyA.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAxisA;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enable/disable the joint motor.
|
||||
bool enableMotor;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum motor torque, usually in N-m.
|
||||
float32 maxMotorTorque;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The desired motor speed in radians per second.
|
||||
float32 motorSpeed;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Suspension frequency, zero indicates no suspension
|
||||
float32 frequencyHz;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Suspension damping ratio, one indicates critical damping
|
||||
float32 dampingRatio;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A wheel joint. This joint provides two degrees of freedom: translation
|
||||
/// along an axis fixed in bodyA and rotation in the plane. In other words, it is a point to
|
||||
/// line constraint with a rotational motor and a linear spring/damper.
|
||||
/// This joint is designed for vehicle suspensions.
|
||||
class b2WheelJoint : public b2Joint
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorA() const { return m_localAnchorA; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorB() const { return m_localAnchorB; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local joint axis relative to bodyA.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAxisA() const { return m_localXAxisA; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the current joint translation, usually in meters.
|
||||
float32 GetJointTranslation() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the current joint translation speed, usually in meters per second.
|
||||
float32 GetJointSpeed() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Is the joint motor enabled?
|
||||
bool IsMotorEnabled() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enable/disable the joint motor.
|
||||
void EnableMotor(bool flag);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the motor speed, usually in radians per second.
|
||||
void SetMotorSpeed(float32 speed);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the motor speed, usually in radians per second.
|
||||
float32 GetMotorSpeed() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/Get the maximum motor force, usually in N-m.
|
||||
void SetMaxMotorTorque(float32 torque);
|
||||
float32 GetMaxMotorTorque() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the current motor torque given the inverse time step, usually in N-m.
|
||||
float32 GetMotorTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/Get the spring frequency in hertz. Setting the frequency to zero disables the spring.
|
||||
void SetSpringFrequencyHz(float32 hz);
|
||||
float32 GetSpringFrequencyHz() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/Get the spring damping ratio
|
||||
void SetSpringDampingRatio(float32 ratio);
|
||||
float32 GetSpringDampingRatio() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Dump to b2Log
|
||||
void Dump();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
friend class b2Joint;
|
||||
b2WheelJoint(const b2WheelJointDef* def);
|
||||
|
||||
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_frequencyHz;
|
||||
float32 m_dampingRatio;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver shared
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localXAxisA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localYAxisA;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_impulse;
|
||||
float32 m_motorImpulse;
|
||||
float32 m_springImpulse;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_maxMotorTorque;
|
||||
float32 m_motorSpeed;
|
||||
bool m_enableMotor;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver temp
|
||||
int32 m_indexA;
|
||||
int32 m_indexB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassA;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassB;
|
||||
float32 m_invIA;
|
||||
float32 m_invIB;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_ax, m_ay;
|
||||
float32 m_sAx, m_sBx;
|
||||
float32 m_sAy, m_sBy;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_mass;
|
||||
float32 m_motorMass;
|
||||
float32 m_springMass;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_bias;
|
||||
float32 m_gamma;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2WheelJoint::GetMotorSpeed() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_motorSpeed;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2WheelJoint::GetMaxMotorTorque() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_maxMotorTorque;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2WheelJoint::SetSpringFrequencyHz(float32 hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_frequencyHz = hz;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2WheelJoint::GetSpringFrequencyHz() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_frequencyHz;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2WheelJoint::SetSpringDampingRatio(float32 ratio)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_dampingRatio = ratio;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2WheelJoint::GetSpringDampingRatio() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_dampingRatio;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_CONTACT_MANAGER_H
|
||||
#define B2_CONTACT_MANAGER_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2BroadPhase.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2Contact;
|
||||
class b2ContactFilter;
|
||||
class b2ContactListener;
|
||||
class b2BlockAllocator;
|
||||
|
||||
// Delegate of b2World.
|
||||
class b2ContactManager
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2ContactManager();
|
||||
|
||||
// Broad-phase callback.
|
||||
void AddPair(void* proxyUserDataA, void* proxyUserDataB);
|
||||
|
||||
void FindNewContacts();
|
||||
|
||||
void Destroy(b2Contact* c);
|
||||
|
||||
void Collide();
|
||||
|
||||
b2BroadPhase m_broadPhase;
|
||||
b2Contact* m_contactList;
|
||||
int32 m_contactCount;
|
||||
b2ContactFilter* m_contactFilter;
|
||||
b2ContactListener* m_contactListener;
|
||||
b2BlockAllocator* m_allocator;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_TIME_STEP_H
|
||||
#define B2_TIME_STEP_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Profiling data. Times are in milliseconds.
|
||||
struct b2Profile
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 step;
|
||||
float32 collide;
|
||||
float32 solve;
|
||||
float32 solveInit;
|
||||
float32 solveVelocity;
|
||||
float32 solvePosition;
|
||||
float32 broadphase;
|
||||
float32 solveTOI;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is an internal structure.
|
||||
struct b2TimeStep
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 dt; // time step
|
||||
float32 inv_dt; // inverse time step (0 if dt == 0).
|
||||
float32 dtRatio; // dt * inv_dt0
|
||||
int32 velocityIterations;
|
||||
int32 positionIterations;
|
||||
bool warmStarting;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is an internal structure.
|
||||
struct b2Position
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 c;
|
||||
float32 a;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is an internal structure.
|
||||
struct b2Velocity
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 v;
|
||||
float32 w;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Solver Data
|
||||
struct b2SolverData
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2TimeStep step;
|
||||
b2Position* positions;
|
||||
b2Velocity* velocities;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2WorldCallbacks.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
|
||||
|
||||
// Return true if contact calculations should be performed between these two shapes.
|
||||
// If you implement your own collision filter you may want to build from this implementation.
|
||||
bool b2ContactFilter::ShouldCollide(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const b2Filter& filterA = fixtureA->GetFilterData();
|
||||
const b2Filter& filterB = fixtureB->GetFilterData();
|
||||
|
||||
if (filterA.groupIndex == filterB.groupIndex && filterA.groupIndex != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return filterA.groupIndex > 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool collide = (filterA.maskBits & filterB.categoryBits) != 0 && (filterA.categoryBits & filterB.maskBits) != 0;
|
||||
return collide;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,259 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2011 Erin Catto http://box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Rope/b2Rope.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Draw.h>
|
||||
|
||||
b2Rope::b2Rope()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_count = 0;
|
||||
m_ps = NULL;
|
||||
m_p0s = NULL;
|
||||
m_vs = NULL;
|
||||
m_ims = NULL;
|
||||
m_Ls = NULL;
|
||||
m_as = NULL;
|
||||
m_gravity.SetZero();
|
||||
m_k2 = 1.0f;
|
||||
m_k3 = 0.1f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Rope::~b2Rope()
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Free(m_ps);
|
||||
b2Free(m_p0s);
|
||||
b2Free(m_vs);
|
||||
b2Free(m_ims);
|
||||
b2Free(m_Ls);
|
||||
b2Free(m_as);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2Rope::Initialize(const b2RopeDef* def)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(def->count >= 3);
|
||||
m_count = def->count;
|
||||
m_ps = (b2Vec2*)b2Alloc(m_count * sizeof(b2Vec2));
|
||||
m_p0s = (b2Vec2*)b2Alloc(m_count * sizeof(b2Vec2));
|
||||
m_vs = (b2Vec2*)b2Alloc(m_count * sizeof(b2Vec2));
|
||||
m_ims = (float32*)b2Alloc(m_count * sizeof(float32));
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_ps[i] = def->vertices[i];
|
||||
m_p0s[i] = def->vertices[i];
|
||||
m_vs[i].SetZero();
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m = def->masses[i];
|
||||
if (m > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_ims[i] = 1.0f / m;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_ims[i] = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int32 count2 = m_count - 1;
|
||||
int32 count3 = m_count - 2;
|
||||
m_Ls = (float32*)b2Alloc(count2 * sizeof(float32));
|
||||
m_as = (float32*)b2Alloc(count3 * sizeof(float32));
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < count2; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 p1 = m_ps[i];
|
||||
b2Vec2 p2 = m_ps[i+1];
|
||||
m_Ls[i] = b2Distance(p1, p2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < count3; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 p1 = m_ps[i];
|
||||
b2Vec2 p2 = m_ps[i + 1];
|
||||
b2Vec2 p3 = m_ps[i + 2];
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 d1 = p2 - p1;
|
||||
b2Vec2 d2 = p3 - p2;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 a = b2Cross(d1, d2);
|
||||
float32 b = b2Dot(d1, d2);
|
||||
|
||||
m_as[i] = b2Atan2(a, b);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_gravity = def->gravity;
|
||||
m_damping = def->damping;
|
||||
m_k2 = def->k2;
|
||||
m_k3 = def->k3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2Rope::Step(float32 h, int32 iterations)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (h == 0.0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 d = expf(- h * m_damping);
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_p0s[i] = m_ps[i];
|
||||
if (m_ims[i] > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_vs[i] += h * m_gravity;
|
||||
}
|
||||
m_vs[i] *= d;
|
||||
m_ps[i] += h * m_vs[i];
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < iterations; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SolveC2();
|
||||
SolveC3();
|
||||
SolveC2();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 inv_h = 1.0f / h;
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_vs[i] = inv_h * (m_ps[i] - m_p0s[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2Rope::SolveC2()
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 count2 = m_count - 1;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < count2; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 p1 = m_ps[i];
|
||||
b2Vec2 p2 = m_ps[i + 1];
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = p2 - p1;
|
||||
float32 L = d.Normalize();
|
||||
|
||||
float32 im1 = m_ims[i];
|
||||
float32 im2 = m_ims[i + 1];
|
||||
|
||||
if (im1 + im2 == 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 s1 = im1 / (im1 + im2);
|
||||
float32 s2 = im2 / (im1 + im2);
|
||||
|
||||
p1 -= m_k2 * s1 * (m_Ls[i] - L) * d;
|
||||
p2 += m_k2 * s2 * (m_Ls[i] - L) * d;
|
||||
|
||||
m_ps[i] = p1;
|
||||
m_ps[i + 1] = p2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2Rope::SetAngle(float32 angle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 count3 = m_count - 2;
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < count3; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_as[i] = angle;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2Rope::SolveC3()
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 count3 = m_count - 2;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < count3; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 p1 = m_ps[i];
|
||||
b2Vec2 p2 = m_ps[i + 1];
|
||||
b2Vec2 p3 = m_ps[i + 2];
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m1 = m_ims[i];
|
||||
float32 m2 = m_ims[i + 1];
|
||||
float32 m3 = m_ims[i + 2];
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 d1 = p2 - p1;
|
||||
b2Vec2 d2 = p3 - p2;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 L1sqr = d1.LengthSquared();
|
||||
float32 L2sqr = d2.LengthSquared();
|
||||
|
||||
if (L1sqr * L2sqr == 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 a = b2Cross(d1, d2);
|
||||
float32 b = b2Dot(d1, d2);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 angle = b2Atan2(a, b);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 Jd1 = (-1.0f / L1sqr) * d1.Skew();
|
||||
b2Vec2 Jd2 = (1.0f / L2sqr) * d2.Skew();
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 J1 = -Jd1;
|
||||
b2Vec2 J2 = Jd1 - Jd2;
|
||||
b2Vec2 J3 = Jd2;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 mass = m1 * b2Dot(J1, J1) + m2 * b2Dot(J2, J2) + m3 * b2Dot(J3, J3);
|
||||
if (mass == 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
mass = 1.0f / mass;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 C = angle - m_as[i];
|
||||
|
||||
while (C > b2_pi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
angle -= 2 * b2_pi;
|
||||
C = angle - m_as[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while (C < -b2_pi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
angle += 2.0f * b2_pi;
|
||||
C = angle - m_as[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 impulse = - m_k3 * mass * C;
|
||||
|
||||
p1 += (m1 * impulse) * J1;
|
||||
p2 += (m2 * impulse) * J2;
|
||||
p3 += (m3 * impulse) * J3;
|
||||
|
||||
m_ps[i] = p1;
|
||||
m_ps[i + 1] = p2;
|
||||
m_ps[i + 2] = p3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void b2Rope::Draw(b2Draw* draw) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Color c(0.4f, 0.5f, 0.7f);
|
||||
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_count - 1; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
draw->DrawSegment(m_ps[i], m_ps[i+1], c);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_ROPE_H
|
||||
#define B2_ROPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2Draw;
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
struct b2RopeDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2RopeDef()
|
||||
{
|
||||
vertices = NULL;
|
||||
count = 0;
|
||||
masses = NULL;
|
||||
gravity.SetZero();
|
||||
damping = 0.1f;
|
||||
k2 = 0.9f;
|
||||
k3 = 0.1f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
b2Vec2* vertices;
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
int32 count;
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
float32* masses;
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
b2Vec2 gravity;
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
float32 damping;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Stretching stiffness
|
||||
float32 k2;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Bending stiffness. Values above 0.5 can make the simulation blow up.
|
||||
float32 k3;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
class b2Rope
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2Rope();
|
||||
~b2Rope();
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
void Initialize(const b2RopeDef* def);
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
void Step(float32 timeStep, int32 iterations);
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
int32 GetVertexCount() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
const b2Vec2* GetVertices() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_ps;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
void Draw(b2Draw* draw) const;
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
void SetAngle(float32 angle);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
void SolveC2();
|
||||
void SolveC3();
|
||||
|
||||
int32 m_count;
|
||||
b2Vec2* m_ps;
|
||||
b2Vec2* m_p0s;
|
||||
b2Vec2* m_vs;
|
||||
|
||||
float32* m_ims;
|
||||
|
||||
float32* m_Ls;
|
||||
float32* m_as;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_gravity;
|
||||
float32 m_damping;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_k2;
|
||||
float32 m_k3;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
|
||||
// MIT License
|
||||
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
|
||||
|
||||
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||||
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
|
||||
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
|
||||
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
|
||||
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
|
||||
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
|
||||
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
|
||||
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
// SOFTWARE.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef BOX2D_H
|
||||
#define BOX2D_H
|
||||
|
||||
// These include files constitute the main Box2D API
|
||||
|
||||
#include "b2_settings.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_draw.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_timer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "b2_chain_shape.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_circle_shape.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_edge_shape.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_polygon_shape.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "b2_broad_phase.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_dynamic_tree.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "b2_body.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_contact.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_fixture.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_time_step.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_world.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_world_callbacks.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_distance.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "b2_distance_joint.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_friction_joint.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_gear_joint.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_motor_joint.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_mouse_joint.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_prismatic_joint.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_pulley_joint.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_revolute_joint.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_weld_joint.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_wheel_joint.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
|
||||
// MIT License
|
||||
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
|
||||
|
||||
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||||
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
|
||||
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
|
||||
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
|
||||
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
|
||||
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
|
||||
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
|
||||
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
// SOFTWARE.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_API_H
|
||||
#define B2_API_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef B2_SHARED
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
#ifdef box2d_EXPORTS
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
#define B2_API __attribute__ ((dllexport))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define B2_API __declspec(dllexport)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
#define B2_API __attribute__ ((dllimport))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define B2_API __declspec(dllimport)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#if __GNUC__ >= 4
|
||||
#define B2_API __attribute__ ((visibility ("default")))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define B2_API
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define B2_API
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
|
||||
// MIT License
|
||||
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
|
||||
|
||||
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||||
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
|
||||
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
|
||||
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
|
||||
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
|
||||
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
|
||||
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
|
||||
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
// SOFTWARE.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_BLOCK_ALLOCATOR_H
|
||||
#define B2_BLOCK_ALLOCATOR_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "b2_api.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_settings.h"
|
||||
|
||||
const int32 b2_blockSizeCount = 14;
|
||||
|
||||
struct b2Block;
|
||||
struct b2Chunk;
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is a small object allocator used for allocating small
|
||||
/// objects that persist for more than one time step.
|
||||
/// See: http://www.codeproject.com/useritems/Small_Block_Allocator.asp
|
||||
class B2_API b2BlockAllocator
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2BlockAllocator();
|
||||
~b2BlockAllocator();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Allocate memory. This will use b2Alloc if the size is larger than b2_maxBlockSize.
|
||||
void* Allocate(int32 size);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Free memory. This will use b2Free if the size is larger than b2_maxBlockSize.
|
||||
void Free(void* p, int32 size);
|
||||
|
||||
void Clear();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
b2Chunk* m_chunks;
|
||||
int32 m_chunkCount;
|
||||
int32 m_chunkSpace;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Block* m_freeLists[b2_blockSizeCount];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,27 +1,31 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
// MIT License
|
||||
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
|
||||
|
||||
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||||
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
|
||||
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
|
||||
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
|
||||
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
|
||||
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
|
||||
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
|
||||
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
// SOFTWARE.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_BODY_H
|
||||
#define B2_BODY_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h>
|
||||
#include <memory>
|
||||
#include "b2_api.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_math.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_shape.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class b2Fixture;
|
||||
class b2Joint;
|
||||
@@ -41,19 +45,15 @@ enum b2BodyType
|
||||
b2_staticBody = 0,
|
||||
b2_kinematicBody,
|
||||
b2_dynamicBody
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO_ERIN
|
||||
//b2_bulletBody,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A body definition holds all the data needed to construct a rigid body.
|
||||
/// You can safely re-use body definitions. Shapes are added to a body after construction.
|
||||
struct b2BodyDef
|
||||
struct B2_API b2BodyDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// This constructor sets the body definition default values.
|
||||
b2BodyDef()
|
||||
{
|
||||
userData = NULL;
|
||||
position.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
angle = 0.0f;
|
||||
linearVelocity.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ struct b2BodyDef
|
||||
fixedRotation = false;
|
||||
bullet = false;
|
||||
type = b2_staticBody;
|
||||
active = true;
|
||||
enabled = true;
|
||||
gravityScale = 1.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -78,23 +78,25 @@ struct b2BodyDef
|
||||
b2Vec2 position;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The world angle of the body in radians.
|
||||
float32 angle;
|
||||
float angle;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The linear velocity of the body's origin in world co-ordinates.
|
||||
b2Vec2 linearVelocity;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The angular velocity of the body.
|
||||
float32 angularVelocity;
|
||||
float angularVelocity;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Linear damping is use to reduce the linear velocity. The damping parameter
|
||||
/// can be larger than 1.0f but the damping effect becomes sensitive to the
|
||||
/// time step when the damping parameter is large.
|
||||
float32 linearDamping;
|
||||
/// Units are 1/time
|
||||
float linearDamping;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Angular damping is use to reduce the angular velocity. The damping parameter
|
||||
/// can be larger than 1.0f but the damping effect becomes sensitive to the
|
||||
/// time step when the damping parameter is large.
|
||||
float32 angularDamping;
|
||||
/// Units are 1/time
|
||||
float angularDamping;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set this flag to false if this body should never fall asleep. Note that
|
||||
/// this increases CPU usage.
|
||||
@@ -112,18 +114,18 @@ struct b2BodyDef
|
||||
/// @warning You should use this flag sparingly since it increases processing time.
|
||||
bool bullet;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Does this body start out active?
|
||||
bool active;
|
||||
/// Does this body start out enabled?
|
||||
bool enabled;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Use this to store application specific body data.
|
||||
void* userData;
|
||||
b2BodyUserData userData;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Scale the gravity applied to this body.
|
||||
float32 gravityScale;
|
||||
float gravityScale;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A rigid body. These are created via b2World::CreateBody.
|
||||
class b2Body
|
||||
class B2_API b2Body
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/// Creates a fixture and attach it to this body. Use this function if you need
|
||||
@@ -142,7 +144,7 @@ public:
|
||||
/// @param shape the shape to be cloned.
|
||||
/// @param density the shape density (set to zero for static bodies).
|
||||
/// @warning This function is locked during callbacks.
|
||||
b2Fixture* CreateFixture(const b2Shape* shape, float32 density);
|
||||
b2Fixture* CreateFixture(const b2Shape* shape, float density);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Destroy a fixture. This removes the fixture from the broad-phase and
|
||||
/// destroys all contacts associated with this fixture. This will
|
||||
@@ -158,7 +160,7 @@ public:
|
||||
/// Note: contacts are updated on the next call to b2World::Step.
|
||||
/// @param position the world position of the body's local origin.
|
||||
/// @param angle the world rotation in radians.
|
||||
void SetTransform(const b2Vec2& position, float32 angle);
|
||||
void SetTransform(const b2Vec2& position, float angle);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the body transform for the body's origin.
|
||||
/// @return the world transform of the body's origin.
|
||||
@@ -170,7 +172,7 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the angle in radians.
|
||||
/// @return the current world rotation angle in radians.
|
||||
float32 GetAngle() const;
|
||||
float GetAngle() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the world position of the center of mass.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetWorldCenter() const;
|
||||
@@ -188,11 +190,11 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the angular velocity.
|
||||
/// @param omega the new angular velocity in radians/second.
|
||||
void SetAngularVelocity(float32 omega);
|
||||
void SetAngularVelocity(float omega);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the angular velocity.
|
||||
/// @return the angular velocity in radians/second.
|
||||
float32 GetAngularVelocity() const;
|
||||
float GetAngularVelocity() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Apply a force at a world point. If the force is not
|
||||
/// applied at the center of mass, it will generate a torque and
|
||||
@@ -209,10 +211,9 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
/// Apply a torque. This affects the angular velocity
|
||||
/// without affecting the linear velocity of the center of mass.
|
||||
/// This wakes up the body.
|
||||
/// @param torque about the z-axis (out of the screen), usually in N-m.
|
||||
/// @param wake also wake up the body
|
||||
void ApplyTorque(float32 torque, bool wake);
|
||||
void ApplyTorque(float torque, bool wake);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Apply an impulse at a point. This immediately modifies the velocity.
|
||||
/// It also modifies the angular velocity if the point of application
|
||||
@@ -222,18 +223,23 @@ public:
|
||||
/// @param wake also wake up the body
|
||||
void ApplyLinearImpulse(const b2Vec2& impulse, const b2Vec2& point, bool wake);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Apply an impulse to the center of mass. This immediately modifies the velocity.
|
||||
/// @param impulse the world impulse vector, usually in N-seconds or kg-m/s.
|
||||
/// @param wake also wake up the body
|
||||
void ApplyLinearImpulseToCenter(const b2Vec2& impulse, bool wake);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Apply an angular impulse.
|
||||
/// @param impulse the angular impulse in units of kg*m*m/s
|
||||
/// @param wake also wake up the body
|
||||
void ApplyAngularImpulse(float32 impulse, bool wake);
|
||||
void ApplyAngularImpulse(float impulse, bool wake);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the total mass of the body.
|
||||
/// @return the mass, usually in kilograms (kg).
|
||||
float32 GetMass() const;
|
||||
float GetMass() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the rotational inertia of the body about the local origin.
|
||||
/// @return the rotational inertia, usually in kg-m^2.
|
||||
float32 GetInertia() const;
|
||||
float GetInertia() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the mass data of the body.
|
||||
/// @return a struct containing the mass, inertia and center of the body.
|
||||
@@ -243,7 +249,7 @@ public:
|
||||
/// Note that this changes the center of mass position.
|
||||
/// Note that creating or destroying fixtures can also alter the mass.
|
||||
/// This function has no effect if the body isn't dynamic.
|
||||
/// @param massData the mass properties.
|
||||
/// @param data the mass properties.
|
||||
void SetMassData(const b2MassData* data);
|
||||
|
||||
/// This resets the mass properties to the sum of the mass properties of the fixtures.
|
||||
@@ -262,42 +268,42 @@ public:
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetWorldVector(const b2Vec2& localVector) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Gets a local point relative to the body's origin given a world point.
|
||||
/// @param a point in world coordinates.
|
||||
/// @param worldPoint a point in world coordinates.
|
||||
/// @return the corresponding local point relative to the body's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetLocalPoint(const b2Vec2& worldPoint) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Gets a local vector given a world vector.
|
||||
/// @param a vector in world coordinates.
|
||||
/// @param worldVector a vector in world coordinates.
|
||||
/// @return the corresponding local vector.
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetLocalVector(const b2Vec2& worldVector) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the world linear velocity of a world point attached to this body.
|
||||
/// @param a point in world coordinates.
|
||||
/// @param worldPoint a point in world coordinates.
|
||||
/// @return the world velocity of a point.
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetLinearVelocityFromWorldPoint(const b2Vec2& worldPoint) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the world velocity of a local point.
|
||||
/// @param a point in local coordinates.
|
||||
/// @param localPoint a point in local coordinates.
|
||||
/// @return the world velocity of a point.
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetLinearVelocityFromLocalPoint(const b2Vec2& localPoint) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the linear damping of the body.
|
||||
float32 GetLinearDamping() const;
|
||||
float GetLinearDamping() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the linear damping of the body.
|
||||
void SetLinearDamping(float32 linearDamping);
|
||||
void SetLinearDamping(float linearDamping);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the angular damping of the body.
|
||||
float32 GetAngularDamping() const;
|
||||
float GetAngularDamping() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the angular damping of the body.
|
||||
void SetAngularDamping(float32 angularDamping);
|
||||
void SetAngularDamping(float angularDamping);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the gravity scale of the body.
|
||||
float32 GetGravityScale() const;
|
||||
float GetGravityScale() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the gravity scale of the body.
|
||||
void SetGravityScale(float32 scale);
|
||||
void SetGravityScale(float scale);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the type of this body. This may alter the mass and velocity.
|
||||
void SetType(b2BodyType type);
|
||||
@@ -327,23 +333,22 @@ public:
|
||||
/// @return true if the body is awake.
|
||||
bool IsAwake() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the active state of the body. An inactive body is not
|
||||
/// simulated and cannot be collided with or woken up.
|
||||
/// If you pass a flag of true, all fixtures will be added to the
|
||||
/// broad-phase.
|
||||
/// If you pass a flag of false, all fixtures will be removed from
|
||||
/// the broad-phase and all contacts will be destroyed.
|
||||
/// Allow a body to be disabled. A disabled body is not simulated and cannot
|
||||
/// be collided with or woken up.
|
||||
/// If you pass a flag of true, all fixtures will be added to the broad-phase.
|
||||
/// If you pass a flag of false, all fixtures will be removed from the
|
||||
/// broad-phase and all contacts will be destroyed.
|
||||
/// Fixtures and joints are otherwise unaffected. You may continue
|
||||
/// to create/destroy fixtures and joints on inactive bodies.
|
||||
/// Fixtures on an inactive body are implicitly inactive and will
|
||||
/// to create/destroy fixtures and joints on disabled bodies.
|
||||
/// Fixtures on a disabled body are implicitly disabled and will
|
||||
/// not participate in collisions, ray-casts, or queries.
|
||||
/// Joints connected to an inactive body are implicitly inactive.
|
||||
/// An inactive body is still owned by a b2World object and remains
|
||||
/// Joints connected to a disabled body are implicitly disabled.
|
||||
/// An diabled body is still owned by a b2World object and remains
|
||||
/// in the body list.
|
||||
void SetActive(bool flag);
|
||||
void SetEnabled(bool flag);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the active state of the body.
|
||||
bool IsActive() const;
|
||||
bool IsEnabled() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set this body to have fixed rotation. This causes the mass
|
||||
/// to be reset.
|
||||
@@ -371,7 +376,7 @@ public:
|
||||
const b2Body* GetNext() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the user data pointer that was provided in the body definition.
|
||||
void* GetUserData() const;
|
||||
b2BodyUserData& GetUserData();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the user data. Use this to store your application specific data.
|
||||
void SetUserData(void* data);
|
||||
@@ -380,7 +385,7 @@ public:
|
||||
b2World* GetWorld();
|
||||
const b2World* GetWorld() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Dump this body to a log file
|
||||
/// Dump this body to a file
|
||||
void Dump();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
@@ -390,7 +395,7 @@ private:
|
||||
friend class b2ContactManager;
|
||||
friend class b2ContactSolver;
|
||||
friend class b2Contact;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
friend class b2DistanceJoint;
|
||||
friend class b2FrictionJoint;
|
||||
friend class b2GearJoint;
|
||||
@@ -411,7 +416,7 @@ private:
|
||||
e_autoSleepFlag = 0x0004,
|
||||
e_bulletFlag = 0x0008,
|
||||
e_fixedRotationFlag = 0x0010,
|
||||
e_activeFlag = 0x0020,
|
||||
e_enabledFlag = 0x0020,
|
||||
e_toiFlag = 0x0040
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -425,7 +430,7 @@ private:
|
||||
// It may lie, depending on the collideConnected flag.
|
||||
bool ShouldCollide(const b2Body* other) const;
|
||||
|
||||
void Advance(float32 t);
|
||||
void Advance(float t);
|
||||
|
||||
b2BodyType m_type;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -437,10 +442,10 @@ private:
|
||||
b2Sweep m_sweep; // the swept motion for CCD
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_linearVelocity;
|
||||
float32 m_angularVelocity;
|
||||
float m_angularVelocity;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_force;
|
||||
float32 m_torque;
|
||||
float m_torque;
|
||||
|
||||
b2World* m_world;
|
||||
b2Body* m_prev;
|
||||
@@ -452,18 +457,18 @@ private:
|
||||
b2JointEdge* m_jointList;
|
||||
b2ContactEdge* m_contactList;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_mass, m_invMass;
|
||||
float m_mass, m_invMass;
|
||||
|
||||
// Rotational inertia about the center of mass.
|
||||
float32 m_I, m_invI;
|
||||
float m_I, m_invI;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_linearDamping;
|
||||
float32 m_angularDamping;
|
||||
float32 m_gravityScale;
|
||||
float m_linearDamping;
|
||||
float m_angularDamping;
|
||||
float m_gravityScale;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_sleepTime;
|
||||
float m_sleepTime;
|
||||
|
||||
void* m_userData;
|
||||
b2BodyUserData m_userData;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2BodyType b2Body::GetType() const
|
||||
@@ -481,7 +486,7 @@ inline const b2Vec2& b2Body::GetPosition() const
|
||||
return m_xf.p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2Body::GetAngle() const
|
||||
inline float b2Body::GetAngle() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_sweep.a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -516,7 +521,7 @@ inline const b2Vec2& b2Body::GetLinearVelocity() const
|
||||
return m_linearVelocity;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Body::SetAngularVelocity(float32 w)
|
||||
inline void b2Body::SetAngularVelocity(float w)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_type == b2_staticBody)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -531,17 +536,17 @@ inline void b2Body::SetAngularVelocity(float32 w)
|
||||
m_angularVelocity = w;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2Body::GetAngularVelocity() const
|
||||
inline float b2Body::GetAngularVelocity() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_angularVelocity;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2Body::GetMass() const
|
||||
inline float b2Body::GetMass() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_mass;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2Body::GetInertia() const
|
||||
inline float b2Body::GetInertia() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_I + m_mass * b2Dot(m_sweep.localCenter, m_sweep.localCenter);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -583,32 +588,32 @@ inline b2Vec2 b2Body::GetLinearVelocityFromLocalPoint(const b2Vec2& localPoint)
|
||||
return GetLinearVelocityFromWorldPoint(GetWorldPoint(localPoint));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2Body::GetLinearDamping() const
|
||||
inline float b2Body::GetLinearDamping() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_linearDamping;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Body::SetLinearDamping(float32 linearDamping)
|
||||
inline void b2Body::SetLinearDamping(float linearDamping)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_linearDamping = linearDamping;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2Body::GetAngularDamping() const
|
||||
inline float b2Body::GetAngularDamping() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_angularDamping;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Body::SetAngularDamping(float32 angularDamping)
|
||||
inline void b2Body::SetAngularDamping(float angularDamping)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_angularDamping = angularDamping;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2Body::GetGravityScale() const
|
||||
inline float b2Body::GetGravityScale() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_gravityScale;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Body::SetGravityScale(float32 scale)
|
||||
inline void b2Body::SetGravityScale(float scale)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_gravityScale = scale;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -632,13 +637,15 @@ inline bool b2Body::IsBullet() const
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Body::SetAwake(bool flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_type == b2_staticBody)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((m_flags & e_awakeFlag) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_flags |= e_awakeFlag;
|
||||
m_sleepTime = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
m_flags |= e_awakeFlag;
|
||||
m_sleepTime = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -656,9 +663,9 @@ inline bool b2Body::IsAwake() const
|
||||
return (m_flags & e_awakeFlag) == e_awakeFlag;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool b2Body::IsActive() const
|
||||
inline bool b2Body::IsEnabled() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (m_flags & e_activeFlag) == e_activeFlag;
|
||||
return (m_flags & e_enabledFlag) == e_enabledFlag;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool b2Body::IsFixedRotation() const
|
||||
@@ -724,12 +731,7 @@ inline const b2Body* b2Body::GetNext() const
|
||||
return m_next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Body::SetUserData(void* data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_userData = data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void* b2Body::GetUserData() const
|
||||
inline b2BodyUserData& b2Body::GetUserData()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_userData;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -773,7 +775,7 @@ inline void b2Body::ApplyForceToCenter(const b2Vec2& force, bool wake)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Body::ApplyTorque(float32 torque, bool wake)
|
||||
inline void b2Body::ApplyTorque(float torque, bool wake)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_type != b2_dynamicBody)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -812,7 +814,26 @@ inline void b2Body::ApplyLinearImpulse(const b2Vec2& impulse, const b2Vec2& poin
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Body::ApplyAngularImpulse(float32 impulse, bool wake)
|
||||
inline void b2Body::ApplyLinearImpulseToCenter(const b2Vec2& impulse, bool wake)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_type != b2_dynamicBody)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (wake && (m_flags & e_awakeFlag) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetAwake(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Don't accumulate velocity if the body is sleeping
|
||||
if (m_flags & e_awakeFlag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_linearVelocity += m_invMass * impulse;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Body::ApplyAngularImpulse(float impulse, bool wake)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_type != b2_dynamicBody)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -837,7 +858,7 @@ inline void b2Body::SynchronizeTransform()
|
||||
m_xf.p = m_sweep.c - b2Mul(m_xf.q, m_sweep.localCenter);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Body::Advance(float32 alpha)
|
||||
inline void b2Body::Advance(float alpha)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Advance to the new safe time. This doesn't sync the broad-phase.
|
||||
m_sweep.Advance(alpha);
|
||||
+46
-65
@@ -1,30 +1,34 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
// MIT License
|
||||
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
|
||||
|
||||
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||||
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
|
||||
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
|
||||
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
|
||||
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
|
||||
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
|
||||
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
|
||||
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
// SOFTWARE.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_BROAD_PHASE_H
|
||||
#define B2_BROAD_PHASE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2DynamicTree.h>
|
||||
#include <algorithm>
|
||||
#include "b2_api.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_settings.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_collision.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_dynamic_tree.h"
|
||||
|
||||
struct b2Pair
|
||||
struct B2_API b2Pair
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 proxyIdA;
|
||||
int32 proxyIdB;
|
||||
@@ -33,7 +37,7 @@ struct b2Pair
|
||||
/// The broad-phase is used for computing pairs and performing volume queries and ray casts.
|
||||
/// This broad-phase does not persist pairs. Instead, this reports potentially new pairs.
|
||||
/// It is up to the client to consume the new pairs and to track subsequent overlap.
|
||||
class b2BroadPhase
|
||||
class B2_API b2BroadPhase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -62,7 +66,7 @@ public:
|
||||
/// Get the fat AABB for a proxy.
|
||||
const b2AABB& GetFatAABB(int32 proxyId) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get user data from a proxy. Returns NULL if the id is invalid.
|
||||
/// Get user data from a proxy. Returns nullptr if the id is invalid.
|
||||
void* GetUserData(int32 proxyId) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Test overlap of fat AABBs.
|
||||
@@ -97,7 +101,7 @@ public:
|
||||
int32 GetTreeBalance() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the quality metric of the embedded tree.
|
||||
float32 GetTreeQuality() const;
|
||||
float GetTreeQuality() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Shift the world origin. Useful for large worlds.
|
||||
/// The shift formula is: position -= newOrigin
|
||||
@@ -128,22 +132,6 @@ private:
|
||||
int32 m_queryProxyId;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is used to sort pairs.
|
||||
inline bool b2PairLessThan(const b2Pair& pair1, const b2Pair& pair2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (pair1.proxyIdA < pair2.proxyIdA)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (pair1.proxyIdA == pair2.proxyIdA)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return pair1.proxyIdB < pair2.proxyIdB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void* b2BroadPhase::GetUserData(int32 proxyId) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_tree.GetUserData(proxyId);
|
||||
@@ -176,7 +164,7 @@ inline int32 b2BroadPhase::GetTreeBalance() const
|
||||
return m_tree.GetMaxBalance();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2BroadPhase::GetTreeQuality() const
|
||||
inline float b2BroadPhase::GetTreeQuality() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_tree.GetAreaRatio();
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -204,37 +192,30 @@ void b2BroadPhase::UpdatePairs(T* callback)
|
||||
m_tree.Query(this, fatAABB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Reset move buffer
|
||||
m_moveCount = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Sort the pair buffer to expose duplicates.
|
||||
std::sort(m_pairBuffer, m_pairBuffer + m_pairCount, b2PairLessThan);
|
||||
|
||||
// Send the pairs back to the client.
|
||||
int32 i = 0;
|
||||
while (i < m_pairCount)
|
||||
// Send pairs to caller
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_pairCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Pair* primaryPair = m_pairBuffer + i;
|
||||
void* userDataA = m_tree.GetUserData(primaryPair->proxyIdA);
|
||||
void* userDataB = m_tree.GetUserData(primaryPair->proxyIdB);
|
||||
|
||||
callback->AddPair(userDataA, userDataB);
|
||||
++i;
|
||||
|
||||
// Skip any duplicate pairs.
|
||||
while (i < m_pairCount)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Pair* pair = m_pairBuffer + i;
|
||||
if (pair->proxyIdA != primaryPair->proxyIdA || pair->proxyIdB != primaryPair->proxyIdB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
++i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Try to keep the tree balanced.
|
||||
//m_tree.Rebalance(4);
|
||||
// Clear move flags
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_moveCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 proxyId = m_moveBuffer[i];
|
||||
if (proxyId == e_nullProxy)
|
||||
{
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_tree.ClearMoved(proxyId);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Reset move buffer
|
||||
m_moveCount = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
|
||||
// MIT License
|
||||
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
|
||||
|
||||
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||||
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
|
||||
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
|
||||
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
|
||||
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
|
||||
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
|
||||
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
|
||||
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
// SOFTWARE.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_CHAIN_SHAPE_H
|
||||
#define B2_CHAIN_SHAPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "b2_api.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_shape.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class b2EdgeShape;
|
||||
|
||||
/// A chain shape is a free form sequence of line segments.
|
||||
/// The chain has one-sided collision, with the surface normal pointing to the right of the edge.
|
||||
/// This provides a counter-clockwise winding like the polygon shape.
|
||||
/// Connectivity information is used to create smooth collisions.
|
||||
/// @warning the chain will not collide properly if there are self-intersections.
|
||||
class B2_API b2ChainShape : public b2Shape
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2ChainShape();
|
||||
|
||||
/// The destructor frees the vertices using b2Free.
|
||||
~b2ChainShape();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Clear all data.
|
||||
void Clear();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Create a loop. This automatically adjusts connectivity.
|
||||
/// @param vertices an array of vertices, these are copied
|
||||
/// @param count the vertex count
|
||||
void CreateLoop(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 count);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Create a chain with ghost vertices to connect multiple chains together.
|
||||
/// @param vertices an array of vertices, these are copied
|
||||
/// @param count the vertex count
|
||||
/// @param prevVertex previous vertex from chain that connects to the start
|
||||
/// @param nextVertex next vertex from chain that connects to the end
|
||||
void CreateChain(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 count,
|
||||
const b2Vec2& prevVertex, const b2Vec2& nextVertex);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape. Vertices are cloned using b2Alloc.
|
||||
b2Shape* Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const override;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::GetChildCount
|
||||
int32 GetChildCount() const override;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get a child edge.
|
||||
void GetChildEdge(b2EdgeShape* edge, int32 index) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// This always return false.
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::TestPoint
|
||||
bool TestPoint(const b2Transform& transform, const b2Vec2& p) const override;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
|
||||
const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const override;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeAABB
|
||||
void ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const override;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Chains have zero mass.
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeMass
|
||||
void ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float density) const override;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The vertices. Owned by this class.
|
||||
b2Vec2* m_vertices;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The vertex count.
|
||||
int32 m_count;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_prevVertex, m_nextVertex;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2ChainShape::b2ChainShape()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_type = e_chain;
|
||||
m_radius = b2_polygonRadius;
|
||||
m_vertices = nullptr;
|
||||
m_count = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
|
||||
// MIT License
|
||||
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
|
||||
|
||||
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||||
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
|
||||
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
|
||||
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
|
||||
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
|
||||
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
|
||||
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
|
||||
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
// SOFTWARE.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_CIRCLE_SHAPE_H
|
||||
#define B2_CIRCLE_SHAPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "b2_api.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_shape.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/// A solid circle shape
|
||||
class B2_API b2CircleShape : public b2Shape
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2CircleShape();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
b2Shape* Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const override;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::GetChildCount
|
||||
int32 GetChildCount() const override;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
bool TestPoint(const b2Transform& transform, const b2Vec2& p) const override;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
/// @note because the circle is solid, rays that start inside do not hit because the normal is
|
||||
/// not defined.
|
||||
bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
|
||||
const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const override;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeAABB
|
||||
void ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const override;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeMass
|
||||
void ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float density) const override;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Position
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_p;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2CircleShape::b2CircleShape()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_type = e_circle;
|
||||
m_radius = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_p.SetZero();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,27 +1,33 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
// MIT License
|
||||
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
|
||||
|
||||
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||||
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
|
||||
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
|
||||
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
|
||||
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
|
||||
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
|
||||
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
|
||||
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
// SOFTWARE.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_COLLISION_H
|
||||
#define B2_COLLISION_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "b2_api.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/// @file
|
||||
/// Structures and functions used for computing contact points, distance
|
||||
/// queries, and TOI queries.
|
||||
@@ -35,7 +41,7 @@ const uint8 b2_nullFeature = UCHAR_MAX;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The features that intersect to form the contact point
|
||||
/// This must be 4 bytes or less.
|
||||
struct b2ContactFeature
|
||||
struct B2_API b2ContactFeature
|
||||
{
|
||||
enum Type
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -50,7 +56,7 @@ struct b2ContactFeature
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Contact ids to facilitate warm starting.
|
||||
union b2ContactID
|
||||
union B2_API b2ContactID
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2ContactFeature cf;
|
||||
uint32 key; ///< Used to quickly compare contact ids.
|
||||
@@ -66,11 +72,11 @@ union b2ContactID
|
||||
/// This structure is stored across time steps, so we keep it small.
|
||||
/// Note: the impulses are used for internal caching and may not
|
||||
/// provide reliable contact forces, especially for high speed collisions.
|
||||
struct b2ManifoldPoint
|
||||
struct B2_API b2ManifoldPoint
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 localPoint; ///< usage depends on manifold type
|
||||
float32 normalImpulse; ///< the non-penetration impulse
|
||||
float32 tangentImpulse; ///< the friction impulse
|
||||
float normalImpulse; ///< the non-penetration impulse
|
||||
float tangentImpulse; ///< the friction impulse
|
||||
b2ContactID id; ///< uniquely identifies a contact point between two shapes
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -90,7 +96,7 @@ struct b2ManifoldPoint
|
||||
/// account for movement, which is critical for continuous physics.
|
||||
/// All contact scenarios must be expressed in one of these types.
|
||||
/// This structure is stored across time steps, so we keep it small.
|
||||
struct b2Manifold
|
||||
struct B2_API b2Manifold
|
||||
{
|
||||
enum Type
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -107,19 +113,19 @@ struct b2Manifold
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is used to compute the current state of a contact manifold.
|
||||
struct b2WorldManifold
|
||||
struct B2_API b2WorldManifold
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// Evaluate the manifold with supplied transforms. This assumes
|
||||
/// modest motion from the original state. This does not change the
|
||||
/// point count, impulses, etc. The radii must come from the shapes
|
||||
/// that generated the manifold.
|
||||
void Initialize(const b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
const b2Transform& xfA, float32 radiusA,
|
||||
const b2Transform& xfB, float32 radiusB);
|
||||
const b2Transform& xfA, float radiusA,
|
||||
const b2Transform& xfB, float radiusB);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal; ///< world vector pointing from A to B
|
||||
b2Vec2 points[b2_maxManifoldPoints]; ///< world contact point (point of intersection)
|
||||
float32 separations[b2_maxManifoldPoints]; ///< a negative value indicates overlap, in meters
|
||||
float separations[b2_maxManifoldPoints]; ///< a negative value indicates overlap, in meters
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is used for determining the state of contact points.
|
||||
@@ -133,33 +139,33 @@ enum b2PointState
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the point states given two manifolds. The states pertain to the transition from manifold1
|
||||
/// to manifold2. So state1 is either persist or remove while state2 is either add or persist.
|
||||
void b2GetPointStates(b2PointState state1[b2_maxManifoldPoints], b2PointState state2[b2_maxManifoldPoints],
|
||||
B2_API void b2GetPointStates(b2PointState state1[b2_maxManifoldPoints], b2PointState state2[b2_maxManifoldPoints],
|
||||
const b2Manifold* manifold1, const b2Manifold* manifold2);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Used for computing contact manifolds.
|
||||
struct b2ClipVertex
|
||||
struct B2_API b2ClipVertex
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 v;
|
||||
b2ContactID id;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Ray-cast input data. The ray extends from p1 to p1 + maxFraction * (p2 - p1).
|
||||
struct b2RayCastInput
|
||||
struct B2_API b2RayCastInput
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 p1, p2;
|
||||
float32 maxFraction;
|
||||
float maxFraction;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Ray-cast output data. The ray hits at p1 + fraction * (p2 - p1), where p1 and p2
|
||||
/// come from b2RayCastInput.
|
||||
struct b2RayCastOutput
|
||||
struct B2_API b2RayCastOutput
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal;
|
||||
float32 fraction;
|
||||
float fraction;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// An axis aligned bounding box.
|
||||
struct b2AABB
|
||||
struct B2_API b2AABB
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// Verify that the bounds are sorted.
|
||||
bool IsValid() const;
|
||||
@@ -177,10 +183,10 @@ struct b2AABB
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the perimeter length
|
||||
float32 GetPerimeter() const
|
||||
float GetPerimeter() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 wx = upperBound.x - lowerBound.x;
|
||||
float32 wy = upperBound.y - lowerBound.y;
|
||||
float wx = upperBound.x - lowerBound.x;
|
||||
float wy = upperBound.y - lowerBound.y;
|
||||
return 2.0f * (wx + wy);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -216,36 +222,36 @@ struct b2AABB
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the collision manifold between two circles.
|
||||
void b2CollideCircles(b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
B2_API void b2CollideCircles(b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
const b2CircleShape* circleA, const b2Transform& xfA,
|
||||
const b2CircleShape* circleB, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the collision manifold between a polygon and a circle.
|
||||
void b2CollidePolygonAndCircle(b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
B2_API void b2CollidePolygonAndCircle(b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* polygonA, const b2Transform& xfA,
|
||||
const b2CircleShape* circleB, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the collision manifold between two polygons.
|
||||
void b2CollidePolygons(b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
B2_API void b2CollidePolygons(b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* polygonA, const b2Transform& xfA,
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* polygonB, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the collision manifold between an edge and a circle.
|
||||
void b2CollideEdgeAndCircle(b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
B2_API void b2CollideEdgeAndCircle(b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
const b2EdgeShape* polygonA, const b2Transform& xfA,
|
||||
const b2CircleShape* circleB, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the collision manifold between an edge and a circle.
|
||||
void b2CollideEdgeAndPolygon(b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
/// Compute the collision manifold between an edge and a polygon.
|
||||
B2_API void b2CollideEdgeAndPolygon(b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
const b2EdgeShape* edgeA, const b2Transform& xfA,
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* circleB, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Clipping for contact manifolds.
|
||||
int32 b2ClipSegmentToLine(b2ClipVertex vOut[2], const b2ClipVertex vIn[2],
|
||||
const b2Vec2& normal, float32 offset, int32 vertexIndexA);
|
||||
B2_API int32 b2ClipSegmentToLine(b2ClipVertex vOut[2], const b2ClipVertex vIn[2],
|
||||
const b2Vec2& normal, float offset, int32 vertexIndexA);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Determine if two generic shapes overlap.
|
||||
bool b2TestOverlap( const b2Shape* shapeA, int32 indexA,
|
||||
B2_API bool b2TestOverlap( const b2Shape* shapeA, int32 indexA,
|
||||
const b2Shape* shapeB, int32 indexB,
|
||||
const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,43 +1,42 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
// MIT License
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_SETTINGS_H
|
||||
#define B2_SETTINGS_H
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
|
||||
|
||||
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||||
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
|
||||
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
|
||||
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
|
||||
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
|
||||
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
|
||||
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
|
||||
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
// SOFTWARE.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_COMMON_H
|
||||
#define B2_COMMON_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "b2_settings.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
#include <float.h>
|
||||
|
||||
void loveAssert(bool test, const char *teststr);
|
||||
#if !defined(NDEBUG)
|
||||
#define b2DEBUG
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define B2_NOT_USED(x) ((void)(x))
|
||||
//#define b2Assert(A) assert(A)
|
||||
void loveAssert(bool test, const char* teststr);
|
||||
#define b2Assert(A) loveAssert((A), #A)
|
||||
|
||||
typedef signed char int8;
|
||||
typedef signed short int16;
|
||||
typedef signed int int32;
|
||||
typedef unsigned char uint8;
|
||||
typedef unsigned short uint16;
|
||||
typedef unsigned int uint32;
|
||||
typedef float float32;
|
||||
typedef double float64;
|
||||
|
||||
#define b2_maxFloat FLT_MAX
|
||||
#define b2_epsilon FLT_EPSILON
|
||||
#define b2_pi 3.14159265359f
|
||||
@@ -52,23 +51,19 @@ typedef double float64;
|
||||
/// not change this value.
|
||||
#define b2_maxManifoldPoints 2
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum number of vertices on a convex polygon. You cannot increase
|
||||
/// this too much because b2BlockAllocator has a maximum object size.
|
||||
#define b2_maxPolygonVertices 8
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is used to fatten AABBs in the dynamic tree. This allows proxies
|
||||
/// to move by a small amount without triggering a tree adjustment.
|
||||
/// This is in meters.
|
||||
#define b2_aabbExtension 0.1f
|
||||
#define b2_aabbExtension (0.1f * b2_lengthUnitsPerMeter)
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is used to fatten AABBs in the dynamic tree. This is used to predict
|
||||
/// the future position based on the current displacement.
|
||||
/// This is a dimensionless multiplier.
|
||||
#define b2_aabbMultiplier 2.0f
|
||||
#define b2_aabbMultiplier 4.0f
|
||||
|
||||
/// A small length used as a collision and constraint tolerance. Usually it is
|
||||
/// chosen to be numerically significant, but visually insignificant.
|
||||
#define b2_linearSlop 0.005f
|
||||
/// chosen to be numerically significant, but visually insignificant. In meters.
|
||||
#define b2_linearSlop (0.005f * b2_lengthUnitsPerMeter)
|
||||
|
||||
/// A small angle used as a collision and constraint tolerance. Usually it is
|
||||
/// chosen to be numerically significant, but visually insignificant.
|
||||
@@ -88,21 +83,17 @@ typedef double float64;
|
||||
/// Maximum number of contacts to be handled to solve a TOI impact.
|
||||
#define b2_maxTOIContacts 32
|
||||
|
||||
/// A velocity threshold for elastic collisions. Any collision with a relative linear
|
||||
/// velocity below this threshold will be treated as inelastic.
|
||||
#define b2_velocityThreshold 1.0f
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum linear position correction used when solving constraints. This helps to
|
||||
/// prevent overshoot.
|
||||
#define b2_maxLinearCorrection 0.2f
|
||||
/// prevent overshoot. Meters.
|
||||
#define b2_maxLinearCorrection (0.2f * b2_lengthUnitsPerMeter)
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum angular position correction used when solving constraints. This helps to
|
||||
/// prevent overshoot.
|
||||
#define b2_maxAngularCorrection (8.0f / 180.0f * b2_pi)
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum linear velocity of a body. This limit is very large and is used
|
||||
/// to prevent numerical problems. You shouldn't need to adjust this.
|
||||
#define b2_maxTranslation 2.0f
|
||||
/// The maximum linear translation of a body per step. This limit is very large and is used
|
||||
/// to prevent numerical problems. You shouldn't need to adjust this. Meters.
|
||||
#define b2_maxTranslation (2.0f * b2_lengthUnitsPerMeter)
|
||||
#define b2_maxTranslationSquared (b2_maxTranslation * b2_maxTranslation)
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum angular velocity of a body. This limit is very large and is used
|
||||
@@ -114,7 +105,7 @@ typedef double float64;
|
||||
/// that overlap is removed in one time step. However using values close to 1 often lead
|
||||
/// to overshoot.
|
||||
#define b2_baumgarte 0.2f
|
||||
#define b2_toiBaugarte 0.75f
|
||||
#define b2_toiBaumgarte 0.75f
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Sleep
|
||||
@@ -123,21 +114,15 @@ typedef double float64;
|
||||
#define b2_timeToSleep 0.5f
|
||||
|
||||
/// A body cannot sleep if its linear velocity is above this tolerance.
|
||||
#define b2_linearSleepTolerance 0.01f
|
||||
#define b2_linearSleepTolerance (0.01f * b2_lengthUnitsPerMeter)
|
||||
|
||||
/// A body cannot sleep if its angular velocity is above this tolerance.
|
||||
#define b2_angularSleepTolerance (2.0f / 180.0f * b2_pi)
|
||||
|
||||
// Memory Allocation
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement this function to use your own memory allocator.
|
||||
void* b2Alloc(int32 size);
|
||||
|
||||
/// If you implement b2Alloc, you should also implement this function.
|
||||
void b2Free(void* mem);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Logging function.
|
||||
void b2Log(const char* string, ...);
|
||||
/// Dump to a file. Only one dump file allowed at a time.
|
||||
void b2OpenDump(const char* fileName);
|
||||
void b2Dump(const char* string, ...);
|
||||
void b2CloseDump();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Version numbering scheme.
|
||||
/// See http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Software_versioning
|
||||
@@ -149,6 +134,6 @@ struct b2Version
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Current version.
|
||||
extern b2Version b2_version;
|
||||
extern B2_API b2Version b2_version;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
+82
-45
@@ -1,28 +1,33 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
// MIT License
|
||||
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
|
||||
|
||||
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||||
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
|
||||
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
|
||||
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
|
||||
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
|
||||
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
|
||||
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
|
||||
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
// SOFTWARE.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_CONTACT_H
|
||||
#define B2_CONTACT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
|
||||
#include "b2_api.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_collision.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_fixture.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_math.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_shape.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class b2Body;
|
||||
class b2Contact;
|
||||
@@ -32,26 +37,32 @@ class b2BlockAllocator;
|
||||
class b2StackAllocator;
|
||||
class b2ContactListener;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Friction mixing law. The idea is to allow either fixture to drive the restitution to zero.
|
||||
/// Friction mixing law. The idea is to allow either fixture to drive the friction to zero.
|
||||
/// For example, anything slides on ice.
|
||||
inline float32 b2MixFriction(float32 friction1, float32 friction2)
|
||||
inline float b2MixFriction(float friction1, float friction2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Sqrt(friction1 * friction2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Restitution mixing law. The idea is allow for anything to bounce off an inelastic surface.
|
||||
/// For example, a superball bounces on anything.
|
||||
inline float32 b2MixRestitution(float32 restitution1, float32 restitution2)
|
||||
inline float b2MixRestitution(float restitution1, float restitution2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return restitution1 > restitution2 ? restitution1 : restitution2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Restitution mixing law. This picks the lowest value.
|
||||
inline float b2MixRestitutionThreshold(float threshold1, float threshold2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return threshold1 < threshold2 ? threshold1 : threshold2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
typedef b2Contact* b2ContactCreateFcn( b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA,
|
||||
b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB,
|
||||
b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
typedef void b2ContactDestroyFcn(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
|
||||
struct b2ContactRegister
|
||||
struct B2_API b2ContactRegister
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2ContactCreateFcn* createFcn;
|
||||
b2ContactDestroyFcn* destroyFcn;
|
||||
@@ -63,7 +74,7 @@ struct b2ContactRegister
|
||||
/// is an edge. A contact edge belongs to a doubly linked list
|
||||
/// maintained in each attached body. Each contact has two contact
|
||||
/// nodes, one for each attached body.
|
||||
struct b2ContactEdge
|
||||
struct B2_API b2ContactEdge
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Body* other; ///< provides quick access to the other body attached.
|
||||
b2Contact* contact; ///< the contact
|
||||
@@ -74,7 +85,7 @@ struct b2ContactEdge
|
||||
/// The class manages contact between two shapes. A contact exists for each overlapping
|
||||
/// AABB in the broad-phase (except if filtered). Therefore a contact object may exist
|
||||
/// that has no contact points.
|
||||
class b2Contact
|
||||
class B2_API b2Contact
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -117,29 +128,39 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
/// Override the default friction mixture. You can call this in b2ContactListener::PreSolve.
|
||||
/// This value persists until set or reset.
|
||||
void SetFriction(float32 friction);
|
||||
void SetFriction(float friction);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the friction.
|
||||
float32 GetFriction() const;
|
||||
float GetFriction() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Reset the friction mixture to the default value.
|
||||
void ResetFriction();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Override the default restitution mixture. You can call this in b2ContactListener::PreSolve.
|
||||
/// The value persists until you set or reset.
|
||||
void SetRestitution(float32 restitution);
|
||||
void SetRestitution(float restitution);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the restitution.
|
||||
float32 GetRestitution() const;
|
||||
float GetRestitution() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Reset the restitution to the default value.
|
||||
void ResetRestitution();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Override the default restitution velocity threshold mixture. You can call this in b2ContactListener::PreSolve.
|
||||
/// The value persists until you set or reset.
|
||||
void SetRestitutionThreshold(float threshold);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the restitution threshold.
|
||||
float GetRestitutionThreshold() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Reset the restitution threshold to the default value.
|
||||
void ResetRestitutionThreshold();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the desired tangent speed for a conveyor belt behavior. In meters per second.
|
||||
void SetTangentSpeed(float32 speed);
|
||||
void SetTangentSpeed(float speed);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the desired tangent speed. In meters per second.
|
||||
float32 GetTangentSpeed() const;
|
||||
float GetTangentSpeed() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Evaluate this contact with your own manifold and transforms.
|
||||
virtual void Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB) = 0;
|
||||
@@ -157,7 +178,7 @@ protected:
|
||||
// Used when crawling contact graph when forming islands.
|
||||
e_islandFlag = 0x0001,
|
||||
|
||||
// Set when the shapes are touching.
|
||||
// Set when the shapes are touching.
|
||||
e_touchingFlag = 0x0002,
|
||||
|
||||
// This contact can be disabled (by user)
|
||||
@@ -183,7 +204,7 @@ protected:
|
||||
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2Shape::Type typeA, b2Shape::Type typeB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Contact() : m_fixtureA(NULL), m_fixtureB(NULL) {}
|
||||
b2Contact() : m_fixtureA(nullptr), m_fixtureB(nullptr) {}
|
||||
b2Contact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB);
|
||||
virtual ~b2Contact() {}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -211,12 +232,13 @@ protected:
|
||||
b2Manifold m_manifold;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 m_toiCount;
|
||||
float32 m_toi;
|
||||
float m_toi;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_friction;
|
||||
float32 m_restitution;
|
||||
float m_friction;
|
||||
float m_restitution;
|
||||
float m_restitutionThreshold;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_tangentSpeed;
|
||||
float m_tangentSpeed;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Manifold* b2Contact::GetManifold()
|
||||
@@ -306,12 +328,12 @@ inline void b2Contact::FlagForFiltering()
|
||||
m_flags |= e_filterFlag;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Contact::SetFriction(float32 friction)
|
||||
inline void b2Contact::SetFriction(float friction)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_friction = friction;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2Contact::GetFriction() const
|
||||
inline float b2Contact::GetFriction() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_friction;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -321,12 +343,12 @@ inline void b2Contact::ResetFriction()
|
||||
m_friction = b2MixFriction(m_fixtureA->m_friction, m_fixtureB->m_friction);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Contact::SetRestitution(float32 restitution)
|
||||
inline void b2Contact::SetRestitution(float restitution)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_restitution = restitution;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2Contact::GetRestitution() const
|
||||
inline float b2Contact::GetRestitution() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_restitution;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -336,12 +358,27 @@ inline void b2Contact::ResetRestitution()
|
||||
m_restitution = b2MixRestitution(m_fixtureA->m_restitution, m_fixtureB->m_restitution);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Contact::SetTangentSpeed(float32 speed)
|
||||
inline void b2Contact::SetRestitutionThreshold(float threshold)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_restitutionThreshold = threshold;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float b2Contact::GetRestitutionThreshold() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_restitutionThreshold;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Contact::ResetRestitutionThreshold()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_restitutionThreshold = b2MixRestitutionThreshold(m_fixtureA->m_restitutionThreshold, m_fixtureB->m_restitutionThreshold);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Contact::SetTangentSpeed(float speed)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_tangentSpeed = speed;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2Contact::GetTangentSpeed() const
|
||||
inline float b2Contact::GetTangentSpeed() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_tangentSpeed;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
|
||||
// MIT License
|
||||
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
|
||||
|
||||
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||||
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
|
||||
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
|
||||
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
|
||||
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
|
||||
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
|
||||
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
|
||||
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
// SOFTWARE.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_CONTACT_MANAGER_H
|
||||
#define B2_CONTACT_MANAGER_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "b2_api.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_broad_phase.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class b2Contact;
|
||||
class b2ContactFilter;
|
||||
class b2ContactListener;
|
||||
class b2BlockAllocator;
|
||||
|
||||
// Delegate of b2World.
|
||||
class B2_API b2ContactManager
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2ContactManager();
|
||||
|
||||
// Broad-phase callback.
|
||||
void AddPair(void* proxyUserDataA, void* proxyUserDataB);
|
||||
|
||||
void FindNewContacts();
|
||||
|
||||
void Destroy(b2Contact* c);
|
||||
|
||||
void Collide();
|
||||
|
||||
b2BroadPhase m_broadPhase;
|
||||
b2Contact* m_contactList;
|
||||
int32 m_contactCount;
|
||||
b2ContactFilter* m_contactFilter;
|
||||
b2ContactListener* m_contactListener;
|
||||
b2BlockAllocator* m_allocator;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
|
||||
// MIT License
|
||||
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
|
||||
|
||||
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||||
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
|
||||
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
|
||||
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
|
||||
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
|
||||
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
|
||||
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
|
||||
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
// SOFTWARE.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_DISTANCE_H
|
||||
#define B2_DISTANCE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "b2_api.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class b2Shape;
|
||||
|
||||
/// A distance proxy is used by the GJK algorithm.
|
||||
/// It encapsulates any shape.
|
||||
struct B2_API b2DistanceProxy
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2DistanceProxy() : m_vertices(nullptr), m_count(0), m_radius(0.0f) {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize the proxy using the given shape. The shape
|
||||
/// must remain in scope while the proxy is in use.
|
||||
void Set(const b2Shape* shape, int32 index);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize the proxy using a vertex cloud and radius. The vertices
|
||||
/// must remain in scope while the proxy is in use.
|
||||
void Set(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 count, float radius);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the supporting vertex index in the given direction.
|
||||
int32 GetSupport(const b2Vec2& d) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the supporting vertex in the given direction.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetSupportVertex(const b2Vec2& d) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the vertex count.
|
||||
int32 GetVertexCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get a vertex by index. Used by b2Distance.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetVertex(int32 index) const;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_buffer[2];
|
||||
const b2Vec2* m_vertices;
|
||||
int32 m_count;
|
||||
float m_radius;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Used to warm start b2Distance.
|
||||
/// Set count to zero on first call.
|
||||
struct B2_API b2SimplexCache
|
||||
{
|
||||
float metric; ///< length or area
|
||||
uint16 count;
|
||||
uint8 indexA[3]; ///< vertices on shape A
|
||||
uint8 indexB[3]; ///< vertices on shape B
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Input for b2Distance.
|
||||
/// You have to option to use the shape radii
|
||||
/// in the computation. Even
|
||||
struct B2_API b2DistanceInput
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2DistanceProxy proxyA;
|
||||
b2DistanceProxy proxyB;
|
||||
b2Transform transformA;
|
||||
b2Transform transformB;
|
||||
bool useRadii;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Output for b2Distance.
|
||||
struct B2_API b2DistanceOutput
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointA; ///< closest point on shapeA
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointB; ///< closest point on shapeB
|
||||
float distance;
|
||||
int32 iterations; ///< number of GJK iterations used
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the closest points between two shapes. Supports any combination of:
|
||||
/// b2CircleShape, b2PolygonShape, b2EdgeShape. The simplex cache is input/output.
|
||||
/// On the first call set b2SimplexCache.count to zero.
|
||||
B2_API void b2Distance(b2DistanceOutput* output,
|
||||
b2SimplexCache* cache,
|
||||
const b2DistanceInput* input);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Input parameters for b2ShapeCast
|
||||
struct B2_API b2ShapeCastInput
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2DistanceProxy proxyA;
|
||||
b2DistanceProxy proxyB;
|
||||
b2Transform transformA;
|
||||
b2Transform transformB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 translationB;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Output results for b2ShapeCast
|
||||
struct B2_API b2ShapeCastOutput
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 point;
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal;
|
||||
float lambda;
|
||||
int32 iterations;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Perform a linear shape cast of shape B moving and shape A fixed. Determines the hit point, normal, and translation fraction.
|
||||
/// @returns true if hit, false if there is no hit or an initial overlap
|
||||
B2_API bool b2ShapeCast(b2ShapeCastOutput* output, const b2ShapeCastInput* input);
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
inline int32 b2DistanceProxy::GetVertexCount() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Vec2& b2DistanceProxy::GetVertex(int32 index) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= index && index < m_count);
|
||||
return m_vertices[index];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int32 b2DistanceProxy::GetSupport(const b2Vec2& d) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 bestIndex = 0;
|
||||
float bestValue = b2Dot(m_vertices[0], d);
|
||||
for (int32 i = 1; i < m_count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float value = b2Dot(m_vertices[i], d);
|
||||
if (value > bestValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bestIndex = i;
|
||||
bestValue = value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return bestIndex;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Vec2& b2DistanceProxy::GetSupportVertex(const b2Vec2& d) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 bestIndex = 0;
|
||||
float bestValue = b2Dot(m_vertices[0], d);
|
||||
for (int32 i = 1; i < m_count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float value = b2Dot(m_vertices[i], d);
|
||||
if (value > bestValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bestIndex = i;
|
||||
bestValue = value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return m_vertices[bestIndex];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
|
||||
// MIT License
|
||||
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
|
||||
|
||||
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||||
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
|
||||
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
|
||||
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
|
||||
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
|
||||
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
|
||||
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
|
||||
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
// SOFTWARE.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_DISTANCE_JOINT_H
|
||||
#define B2_DISTANCE_JOINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "b2_api.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_joint.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/// Distance joint definition. This requires defining an anchor point on both
|
||||
/// bodies and the non-zero distance of the distance joint. The definition uses
|
||||
/// local anchor points so that the initial configuration can violate the
|
||||
/// constraint slightly. This helps when saving and loading a game.
|
||||
struct B2_API b2DistanceJointDef : public b2JointDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2DistanceJointDef()
|
||||
{
|
||||
type = e_distanceJoint;
|
||||
localAnchorA.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
localAnchorB.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
length = 1.0f;
|
||||
minLength = 0.0f;
|
||||
maxLength = FLT_MAX;
|
||||
stiffness = 0.0f;
|
||||
damping = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize the bodies, anchors, and rest length using world space anchors.
|
||||
/// The minimum and maximum lengths are set to the rest length.
|
||||
void Initialize(b2Body* bodyA, b2Body* bodyB,
|
||||
const b2Vec2& anchorA, const b2Vec2& anchorB);
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAnchorA;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAnchorB;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The rest length of this joint. Clamped to a stable minimum value.
|
||||
float length;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Minimum length. Clamped to a stable minimum value.
|
||||
float minLength;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Maximum length. Must be greater than or equal to the minimum length.
|
||||
float maxLength;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The linear stiffness in N/m.
|
||||
float stiffness;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The linear damping in N*s/m.
|
||||
float damping;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A distance joint constrains two points on two bodies to remain at a fixed
|
||||
/// distance from each other. You can view this as a massless, rigid rod.
|
||||
class B2_API b2DistanceJoint : public b2Joint
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const override;
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const override;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the reaction force given the inverse time step.
|
||||
/// Unit is N.
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float inv_dt) const override;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the reaction torque given the inverse time step.
|
||||
/// Unit is N*m. This is always zero for a distance joint.
|
||||
float GetReactionTorque(float inv_dt) const override;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorA() const { return m_localAnchorA; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorB() const { return m_localAnchorB; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the rest length
|
||||
float GetLength() const { return m_length; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the rest length
|
||||
/// @returns clamped rest length
|
||||
float SetLength(float length);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the minimum length
|
||||
float GetMinLength() const { return m_minLength; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the minimum length
|
||||
/// @returns the clamped minimum length
|
||||
float SetMinLength(float minLength);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the maximum length
|
||||
float GetMaxLength() const { return m_maxLength; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the maximum length
|
||||
/// @returns the clamped maximum length
|
||||
float SetMaxLength(float maxLength);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the current length
|
||||
float GetCurrentLength() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/get the linear stiffness in N/m
|
||||
void SetStiffness(float stiffness) { m_stiffness = stiffness; }
|
||||
float GetStiffness() const { return m_stiffness; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/get linear damping in N*s/m
|
||||
void SetDamping(float damping) { m_damping = damping; }
|
||||
float GetDamping() const { return m_damping; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Dump joint to dmLog
|
||||
void Dump() override;
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
void Draw(b2Draw* draw) const override;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
friend class b2Joint;
|
||||
b2DistanceJoint(const b2DistanceJointDef* data);
|
||||
|
||||
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) override;
|
||||
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) override;
|
||||
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) override;
|
||||
|
||||
float m_stiffness;
|
||||
float m_damping;
|
||||
float m_bias;
|
||||
float m_length;
|
||||
float m_minLength;
|
||||
float m_maxLength;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver shared
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
|
||||
float m_gamma;
|
||||
float m_impulse;
|
||||
float m_lowerImpulse;
|
||||
float m_upperImpulse;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver temp
|
||||
int32 m_indexA;
|
||||
int32 m_indexB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_u;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_rA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_rB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
|
||||
float m_currentLength;
|
||||
float m_invMassA;
|
||||
float m_invMassB;
|
||||
float m_invIA;
|
||||
float m_invIB;
|
||||
float m_softMass;
|
||||
float m_mass;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
|
||||
// MIT License
|
||||
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
|
||||
|
||||
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||||
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
|
||||
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
|
||||
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
|
||||
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
|
||||
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
|
||||
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
|
||||
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
// SOFTWARE.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_DRAW_H
|
||||
#define B2_DRAW_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "b2_api.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_math.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/// Color for debug drawing. Each value has the range [0,1].
|
||||
struct B2_API b2Color
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Color() {}
|
||||
b2Color(float rIn, float gIn, float bIn, float aIn = 1.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
r = rIn; g = gIn; b = bIn; a = aIn;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Set(float rIn, float gIn, float bIn, float aIn = 1.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
r = rIn; g = gIn; b = bIn; a = aIn;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float r, g, b, a;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement and register this class with a b2World to provide debug drawing of physics
|
||||
/// entities in your game.
|
||||
class B2_API b2Draw
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2Draw();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~b2Draw() {}
|
||||
|
||||
enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
e_shapeBit = 0x0001, ///< draw shapes
|
||||
e_jointBit = 0x0002, ///< draw joint connections
|
||||
e_aabbBit = 0x0004, ///< draw axis aligned bounding boxes
|
||||
e_pairBit = 0x0008, ///< draw broad-phase pairs
|
||||
e_centerOfMassBit = 0x0010 ///< draw center of mass frame
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the drawing flags.
|
||||
void SetFlags(uint32 flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the drawing flags.
|
||||
uint32 GetFlags() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Append flags to the current flags.
|
||||
void AppendFlags(uint32 flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Clear flags from the current flags.
|
||||
void ClearFlags(uint32 flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Draw a closed polygon provided in CCW order.
|
||||
virtual void DrawPolygon(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 vertexCount, const b2Color& color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Draw a solid closed polygon provided in CCW order.
|
||||
virtual void DrawSolidPolygon(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 vertexCount, const b2Color& color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Draw a circle.
|
||||
virtual void DrawCircle(const b2Vec2& center, float radius, const b2Color& color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Draw a solid circle.
|
||||
virtual void DrawSolidCircle(const b2Vec2& center, float radius, const b2Vec2& axis, const b2Color& color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Draw a line segment.
|
||||
virtual void DrawSegment(const b2Vec2& p1, const b2Vec2& p2, const b2Color& color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Draw a transform. Choose your own length scale.
|
||||
/// @param xf a transform.
|
||||
virtual void DrawTransform(const b2Transform& xf) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Draw a point.
|
||||
virtual void DrawPoint(const b2Vec2& p, float size, const b2Color& color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
uint32 m_drawFlags;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
+47
-28
@@ -1,31 +1,36 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
// MIT License
|
||||
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
|
||||
|
||||
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||||
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
|
||||
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
|
||||
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
|
||||
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
|
||||
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
|
||||
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
|
||||
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
// SOFTWARE.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_DYNAMIC_TREE_H
|
||||
#define B2_DYNAMIC_TREE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2GrowableStack.h>
|
||||
#include "b2_api.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_collision.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_growable_stack.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define b2_nullNode (-1)
|
||||
|
||||
/// A node in the dynamic tree. The client does not interact with this directly.
|
||||
struct b2TreeNode
|
||||
struct B2_API b2TreeNode
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool IsLeaf() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -48,6 +53,8 @@ struct b2TreeNode
|
||||
|
||||
// leaf = 0, free node = -1
|
||||
int32 height;
|
||||
|
||||
bool moved;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A dynamic AABB tree broad-phase, inspired by Nathanael Presson's btDbvt.
|
||||
@@ -58,7 +65,7 @@ struct b2TreeNode
|
||||
/// object to move by small amounts without triggering a tree update.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Nodes are pooled and relocatable, so we use node indices rather than pointers.
|
||||
class b2DynamicTree
|
||||
class B2_API b2DynamicTree
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/// Constructing the tree initializes the node pool.
|
||||
@@ -83,6 +90,9 @@ public:
|
||||
/// @return the proxy user data or 0 if the id is invalid.
|
||||
void* GetUserData(int32 proxyId) const;
|
||||
|
||||
bool WasMoved(int32 proxyId) const;
|
||||
void ClearMoved(int32 proxyId);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the fat AABB for a proxy.
|
||||
const b2AABB& GetFatAABB(int32 proxyId) const;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -113,7 +123,7 @@ public:
|
||||
int32 GetMaxBalance() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the ratio of the sum of the node areas to the root area.
|
||||
float32 GetAreaRatio() const;
|
||||
float GetAreaRatio() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Build an optimal tree. Very expensive. For testing.
|
||||
void RebuildBottomUp();
|
||||
@@ -147,9 +157,6 @@ private:
|
||||
|
||||
int32 m_freeList;
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is used to incrementally traverse the tree for re-balancing.
|
||||
uint32 m_path;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 m_insertionCount;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -159,6 +166,18 @@ inline void* b2DynamicTree::GetUserData(int32 proxyId) const
|
||||
return m_nodes[proxyId].userData;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool b2DynamicTree::WasMoved(int32 proxyId) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= proxyId && proxyId < m_nodeCapacity);
|
||||
return m_nodes[proxyId].moved;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2DynamicTree::ClearMoved(int32 proxyId)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= proxyId && proxyId < m_nodeCapacity);
|
||||
m_nodes[proxyId].moved = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2AABB& b2DynamicTree::GetFatAABB(int32 proxyId) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= proxyId && proxyId < m_nodeCapacity);
|
||||
@@ -216,7 +235,7 @@ inline void b2DynamicTree::RayCast(T* callback, const b2RayCastInput& input) con
|
||||
// Separating axis for segment (Gino, p80).
|
||||
// |dot(v, p1 - c)| > dot(|v|, h)
|
||||
|
||||
float32 maxFraction = input.maxFraction;
|
||||
float maxFraction = input.maxFraction;
|
||||
|
||||
// Build a bounding box for the segment.
|
||||
b2AABB segmentAABB;
|
||||
@@ -248,7 +267,7 @@ inline void b2DynamicTree::RayCast(T* callback, const b2RayCastInput& input) con
|
||||
// |dot(v, p1 - c)| > dot(|v|, h)
|
||||
b2Vec2 c = node->aabb.GetCenter();
|
||||
b2Vec2 h = node->aabb.GetExtents();
|
||||
float32 separation = b2Abs(b2Dot(v, p1 - c)) - b2Dot(abs_v, h);
|
||||
float separation = b2Abs(b2Dot(v, p1 - c)) - b2Dot(abs_v, h);
|
||||
if (separation > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
@@ -261,7 +280,7 @@ inline void b2DynamicTree::RayCast(T* callback, const b2RayCastInput& input) con
|
||||
subInput.p2 = input.p2;
|
||||
subInput.maxFraction = maxFraction;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 value = callback->RayCastCallback(subInput, nodeId);
|
||||
float value = callback->RayCastCallback(subInput, nodeId);
|
||||
|
||||
if (value == 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
|
||||
// MIT License
|
||||
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
|
||||
|
||||
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||||
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
|
||||
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
|
||||
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
|
||||
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
|
||||
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
|
||||
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
|
||||
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
// SOFTWARE.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_EDGE_SHAPE_H
|
||||
#define B2_EDGE_SHAPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "b2_api.h"
|
||||
#include "b2_shape.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/// A line segment (edge) shape. These can be connected in chains or loops
|
||||
/// to other edge shapes. Edges created independently are two-sided and do
|
||||
/// no provide smooth movement across junctions.
|
||||
class B2_API b2EdgeShape : public b2Shape
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2EdgeShape();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set this as a part of a sequence. Vertex v0 precedes the edge and vertex v3
|
||||
/// follows. These extra vertices are used to provide smooth movement
|
||||
/// across junctions. This also makes the collision one-sided. The edge
|
||||
/// normal points to the right looking from v1 to v2.
|
||||
void SetOneSided(const b2Vec2& v0, const b2Vec2& v1,const b2Vec2& v2, const b2Vec2& v3);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set this as an isolated edge. Collision is two-sided.
|
||||
void SetTwoSided(const b2Vec2& v1, const b2Vec2& v2);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
b2Shape* Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const override;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::GetChildCount
|
||||
int32 GetChildCount() const override;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::TestPoint
|
||||
bool TestPoint(const b2Transform& transform, const b2Vec2& p) const override;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
|
||||
const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const override;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeAABB
|
||||
void ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const override;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeMass
|
||||
void ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float density) const override;
|
||||
|
||||
/// These are the edge vertices
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_vertex1, m_vertex2;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Optional adjacent vertices. These are used for smooth collision.
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_vertex0, m_vertex3;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Uses m_vertex0 and m_vertex3 to create smooth collision.
|
||||
bool m_oneSided;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2EdgeShape::b2EdgeShape()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_type = e_edge;
|
||||
m_radius = b2_polygonRadius;
|
||||
m_vertex0.x = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_vertex0.y = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_vertex3.x = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_vertex3.y = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_oneSided = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user